Jewish Apple Cake

Traditional Jewish apple cake made the perfect addition to a Shabbat dinner or weekend brunch.

Traditional Apple Cake

Photo credit: Raúl Velasco with Alejandro Photography

You know I love making new and interesting versions of traditional desserts: Vanilla Bean Apple Cake; Roasted Strawberry Banana Bread; Mocha Brownies with Espresso Sea Salt; etc. But sometimes, holidays come around or family comes over and you just want the original, unadulterated version.

Well, good news for you and me! My friend Liz at The Lemon Bowl has written a series of e-cookbooks that do just that. Her third and latest e-book, Food From Our Ancestors: The Ultimate Jewish Shabbat Dinner, was written with the help of her Ema Ljuba. The two women spent time re-creating dishes that Ljuba has made for Liz’s family for years. The recipes are familiar and approachable traditional Jewish staples like challah (I can’t wait to try this one) and brisket. Of course I chose to make a cake first and I”m happy that I did.

This apple cake has the warm familiar flavors of the apple cake my mom made growing up. It’s a cinnamon scented, moist cake with generous layers of apples. Just the way any apple cake should be! The best part? It’s a fairly easy recipe that serves a large group of people and there is no mixer required. All stirring can be done by hand!

5.0 from 1 reviews
Ljuba’s Shabbos Apple Cake
 
Traditional Jewish apple cake is the perfect addition to a Shabbat dinner or weekend brunch.
Author:
Recipe type: dessert
Makes: 12 servings
Ingredients
For the cake batter:
  • 4 apples, peeled and sliced (granny smith recommended)
  • 2 cups + 5 tablespoons granulated sugar (separated)
  • 3 teaspoons cinnamon
  • 3 cups all-purpose flour
  • 1 tablespoon baking powder
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 4 eggs
  • 1 cup oil (I used canola)
  • ¼ cup orange juice
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract’
For the topping:
  • ½ cup brown sugar
  • ¼ cup all-purpose flour
  • 4 tablespoons butter (or parev margarine), cut into small cubes
Instructions
  1. Preheat oven to 375 degrees; grease and flour an angel food tube pan and set aside
  2. In a large bowl, toss apple slices to coat with 5 tablespoons of the sugar and the cinnamon; set aside
  3. In a separate large bowl, whisk together flour, remaining 2 cups of sugar, baking powder and salt.
  4. In a third small bowl, whisk together eggs, oil, orange juice and vanilla; slowly add the wet ingredients to the dry ingredients and stir until combined (do not overmix)
  5. Pour ⅓ of batter into tube pan then layer with ½ of the apples; add in another ⅓ of the batter and layer with remaining apples; pour in the final ⅓ of the batter on top
  6. In another small bowl, make the topping; mix the brown sugar with flour and sprinkle evenly on top of the cake batter; dot with butter
  7. Bake for 1½ hours or until toothpick comes out clean
Notes
Recipe printed with permission from Food From Our Ancestors: The Ultimate Jewish Shabbat Dinner

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Mini Moon Pies

Shortbread cookies sandwiched with marshmallow filling and covered in a generous rich chocolate coating.

Small Batch Moon PIes!

You know it’s been a long time since you blogged a recipe when you barely remember how to use your camera! Things have been busy and I’ve been occupied with life in our new house and my favorite boy over the last few months.

L helped make the cookies!

My favorite kitchen helper

However, I knew it was time to come out of my blogging hibernation when I received Christina’s beautiful new book in the mail. Sweet & Simple: Dessert for Two is her latest (third!!!!!) cookbook and I think my favorite so far. Christina’s been a friend of mine for years and I’ve always enjoyed baking recipes from her site, but this cookbook really takes the cake (sorry). The photos are beautiful and I basically want to bake everything (um, Doughnut Gooey Butter Cake anyone?!) in it.

L loves cookies L loves Mini Moon Pies

L tasted the cookies before and after dipping in chocolate, he approved both times

And while you know I love making huge batch desserts, I’ve found that small batch-baking is one of the best ways to get in the kitchen with L. He loves cooking and baking with me, but most of all, he loves eating his sweets (it runs in our DNA). We can make a recipe for two that is just the right size for us to share (maybe saving a bite for Daddy). It keeps my child from turning into too much of a sugar maniac on a regular basis (that’s what birthdays are for).

Adorable heart-shaped moon pies!

As for these cookies, I highly recommend them. Aside from my toddler wanting to eat the whole batch, we made some to share with some new friends over brunch and I think we’ve now solidified the relationship. No shame in buying friends with cookies over here!

Everyone loved these cookies!

5.0 from 4 reviews
Mini Moon Pies
 
Shortbread cookies sandwiched with marshmallow filling and covered in a generous rich chocolate coating.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 6 mini moon pies
Ingredients
For the dough:
  • 57g (4 tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened
  • 40g (1/4 cup) powdered sugar
  • 5 milliliters (1 tablespoon) honey
  • 2 milliliters (1/2 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • 1g (1/4 teaspoon) fine sea salt
  • 66g (1/2 cup) all-purpose flour, plus additional for rolling
For assembly:
  • 24g (1/4 cup) marshmallow fluff
  • 170g (1 cup) semi-sweet chocolate chips
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) coconut oil
Instructions
  1. In a medium-sized bowl with an electric mixer, combine butter, sugar, honey and vanilla on medium speed until light and fluffy
  2. Add flour and salt, beat on low just until combined
  3. Chill dough in refrigerator for about thirty minutes
  4. While dough is chilling, pre-heat oven to 350 degrees and line a baking sheet with parchment paper
  5. When dough is ready, heavily flour a clean counter or board
  6. (I taped some parchment paper to the counter to manage the extra mess of baking with a two-year old); Use your fingers or a rolling pin to press the dough into a six-inch square; add flour to prevent sticking if needed
  7. Use a two-inch wide biscuit cutter to cut twelve circles from the dough and place on prepared baking sheet
  8. Bake for ~10 minutes or until edges turn golden brown; allow cookies to cool completely on baking sheet
  9. Once cookies are cooled, line a large plate with parchment or wax paper and set aside
  10. Melt the chocolate chips and oil in a double boiler (or microwave at fifty percent power,stirring every thirty seconds until melted)
  11. Turn half of cookies over and spread a thin layer of fluff on top of them; press remaining cookies down to make sandwiches;
  12. Dunk sandwiches into melted chocolate and place on prepared plate; chill in fridge for a few minutes before serving
Notes
Cookies stay fresh in freezer for a few days or well wrapped in freezer for up to a month; the cookies will get slightly softer over time
I also doubled the recipe with no problem

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

*This post contains affiliate links*

Big Pumpkin Chocolate Chip Cookies

Perfect pumpkin cookies! These pumpkin chocolate chip cookies are chewy in the middle and crispy around the edges.

The most amazing pumpkin cookies! Chewy middle and crispy outside!

!!!!! I’m trying not to go crazy with anxiousness right now. We move into our house in just a few days and I can barely believe it. It’s been a long road since we closed early in the summer. Now, after three months of construction, we are moving into a bit of chaos . There are just a few more weeks of work left to go but so much to do. Luckily, L’s bedroom will be completely finished along with one of the other bedrooms that Matt and I will move into. Other than that, everything is still a work in progress and the remainder of our belongings will be in the basement. All food will be takeout cooked via microwave or toaster oven and we are going to try not to bounce off the walls as the work gets completed.

Chewy pumpkin chocolate chip cookies, everyone loves them!

And packing? It’s definitely a different process with a toddler around. Matt stayed home by himself last weekend to get a head start, but there is only so much we can do and only so many boxes we can stack with L running around. We just have to bust our butts next weekend to get it all done!

So to cope with all that, I’ve been emotionally eating like it’s my job. Not my best move, but that’s life. The other night I was very happy to find a few of these pumpkin cookies left in the freezer and the bliss of eating them was exactly what I needed to forget any house-related anxiety. The only thing better would be a full batch of them reappearing before my eyes.

Perfect pumpkin cookies! These pumpkin chocolate chip cookies are chewy in the middle and crispy around the edges.

These cookies are outrageous. In all the chaos of moving, I almost skipped sharing this recipe, but it’s just too good to keep to myself. The big pumpkin chocolate chip cookies are spiced to perfection and bake up amazingly. Chewy middles, crispy edges and cookie heaven right there.

Big Pumpkin Chocolate Chip Cookies
 
Perfect pumpkin cookies! These pumpkin chocolate chip cookies are chewy in the middle and crispy around the edges.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 18 large cookies
Ingredients
  • 170g (3/4 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 81g (1/3 cup) canned pumpkin
  • 262g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 3g (½ teaspoon) baking soda
  • 5 grams (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 3g (1 ½ teaspoons) ground cinnamon
  • ½g (1/4 teaspoon) ground nutmeg
  • 234g (~1 cup, packed) light brown sugar
  • 106g (~1/2 cup) granulated sugar
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 240g (~1⅓ cups) semi-sweet chocolate chips
Instructions
  1. Melt butter and pumpkin in a saucepan over medium heat, stirring constantly; set aside to cool
  2. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour, baking soda, salt, cinnamon and nutmeg; set aside
  3. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat butter mixture, sugars and vanilla for several minutes on medium speed or until well-combined
  4. Reduce speed to low and stir in flour mixture (do not overmix)
  5. Fold in chocolate chips
  6. Chill dough in refrigerator for at least 24 hours (you can do less chilling, but texture will not be as good)
  7. Once dough has chilled, pre-heat oven to 325 degrees; cover baking sheets with parchment paper
  8. Scoop cookie dough with large cookie dough scoop (~1/4 cup) onto prepared baking sheets so that cookies are spaced one inch apart
  9. Bake cookies 16-18 minutes or until centers are set and appear firm; edges should be slightly browned
  10. Set aside to cool
  11. Store cookies in an airtight container at room temperature up to a week (texture best first day or two) or freeze up to two months
Notes
Dough requires 24-48 hours of chilling time for best results

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

 

Chocolate Peanut Butter Swirl Fudge

Super easy homemade peanut butter and chocolate fudge made with just four ingredients!

Four ingredient fudge!

Life has been so hectic here, and I suspect I’m not alone. With busy work schedules, back-to-school time and life in general, sometimes cooking or baking for the family can take a back seat. There are so many weeks that I’m scrambling to find a few things in my fridge to throw together so that L, Matt and I are well fed. Keeping those last minute meals interesting without going crazy sometimes seems to be an impossible task.

Super easy homemade fudge!

That’s why I was really excited to receive a copy of Five-Ingredient Recipes, A Cookbook for Busy People in the mail a few weeks ago. Not only are there interesting dinner recipes that most families will enjoy, but there are also fun and super easy dessert recipes as well. I’ve been seriously slacking in the baking department lately so I was thrilled to find a sweet treat recipe that required minimal time and ingredients. Something that I can make with ingredients in my pantry AND get done while L takes his (sometimes way too short) nap is a huge win.

Fast and Easy Five Ingredient Recipes

For some crazy reason I’ve never made fudge before, so when I found the recipe for Peanut Butter Fudge in Phi’s cookbook I couldn’t wait to get “cooking.” And I use that term lightly because All I had to do was microwave, stir and chill. This recipe is beyond easy to make and the result is rich, delicious and kind of addicting. Exactly what you want out of a dessert.

4-ingredient homemade fudge!

5.0 from 1 reviews
Chocolate Peanut Butter Swirl Fudge
 
Super easy homemade peanut butter and chocolate fudge made with just four ingredients!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 16-24
Ingredients
  • 130g (1/2 cup) creamy peanut butter (not all-natural)
  • 20g (2 tablespoons) powdered sugar
  • 340g (2 cups) good-quality semi-sweet chocolate chips
  • 114-ounce can sweetened condensed milk
  • Flaky sea salt (optional, my addition)
Instructions
  1. Line an 8 or 9-inch square baking pan with parchment paper, leaving enough overhang for pan removal later; set aside
  2. In a small microwaveable bowl, heat peanut butter for thirty seconds on high heat; stir in powdered sugar; set aside
  3. Place chocolate chips and sweetened condensed milk in a large microwaveable bowl; heat for thirty seconds on high and stir; repeat once or twice until chocolate is completely melted and mixture is smooth (it will get thick quickly); immediately spread in prepared baking pan
  4. Spoon peanut butter mixture over chocolate and use a knife to swirl peanut butter into chocolate; sprinkle lightly with sea salt if desired
  5. Chill pan in freezer for thirty minutes or fridge for one hour; once chilled, remove fudge from pan by using sides of parchment paper to lift it up; place on a cutting board and slice
  6. Serve immediately or store leftovers in fridge for up to a week
Notes
Notes:
Recipe from Five-Ingredient Recipes, A Cookbook for Busy People

Disclaimer: This post contains affiliate links. I received a copy of Five-Ingredient Recipes, A Cookbook for Busy People for free but as always, all opinions are my own.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Vanilla Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts and Dark Chocolate

Super creamy no churn vanilla ice cream with salty candied peanuts and dark chocolate chunks.

Super creamy vanilla ice cream with salty candied peanuts and dark chocolate chunks

I had to share just one more ice cream recipe with you before summer is (unofficially) over. Truth be told, I made this ice cream almost two months ago, and ate it so quickly I almost forgot about it. Don’t let that fool you, though, it’s not forgettable at all. This ice cream is creamy, delicious and full of sweet and salty crunch bites. The rich dark chocolate, the salty candied peanuts and the vanilla bean base make for a seriously delicious and satisfying treat.

no churn (!) vanilla ice cream with salty candied peanuts and dark chocolate chunks

So if you are like me and eat ice cream all year round, keep this recipe on hand. Otherwise, whip up a batch for the last hurrah and enjoy eating it all Labor Day Weekend long!

vanilla ice cream with salty peanuts

5.0 from 2 reviews
Vanilla Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts and Dark Chocolate
 
Super creamy no churn vanilla ice cream with salty candied peanuts and dark chocolate chunks.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~1½ quarts
Ingredients
  • 16 fluid ounces (2 cups) heavy cream
  • 1 14-ounce can sweetened condensed milk (I used fat free, but any type would work)
  • 5 millimeters (1 teaspoon) vanilla bean paste (or vanilla extract)
  • 125g (1¼ cup) salty candied peanuts peanuts (see recipe below)
  • 220g 55% dark chocolate, roughly chopped
Instructions
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream on high speed for several minutes, just until stiff peaks form
  2. While whipping cream, in a separate large bowl, stir together sweetened condensed milk, candied peanuts and vanilla
  3. Fold cream into sweetened condensed milk mixture
  4. Pour half of ice cream into a regular-sized loaf pan
  5. In a small microwave-safe dish, heat chocolate in 30-second increments, stirring after each, until melted
  6. Pour half of chocolate over ice cream; use a knife to marbleize chocolate and ice cream
  7. Top with remaining ice cream and repeat
  8. Wrap well with seran wrap or in an ice cream container and freeze for 6 hours or overnight

5.0 from 2 reviews
Salty Candied Peanuts and Dark Chocolate
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 2½ cups
Ingredients
  • 150g (1 cup) chopped peanuts, roasted and unsalted
  • 110g (~1/2 cup) granulated sugar
  • 20 milliliters (4 teaspoons) water
  • 2½g (1/2 teaspoon) table or kosher salt
Instructions
  1. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper and set aside
  2. Cook peanuts, sugar and water in a small heavy duty sauce pan over medium high heat, stirring regularly until sugar begins to caramelize
  3. When mixture begins to bubble, stir quickly until sugar is completely crystalized (it will appear very sandy and dry), about 3 minutes
  4. Continue to cook while stirring constantly until sugar re-melts and turns a dark golden brown (~3 minutes); be careful not to burn
  5. Remove from heat and stir in salt
  6. Spread nuts out onto prepared baking sheet and allow to cool for at least 10 minutes; break peanuts up into small chunks and place in an airtight container until ready to use (up to two weeks)
Notes

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Peanut Butter Cup Ice Cream

Rich and creamy no-churn peanut butter ice cream with swirls of milk chocolate and peanut butter.

No machine needed!! PB Cup Ice Cream!

Part of me wants to apologize for the fact that all I want to make and eat is ice cream. I can’t even blame pregnancy or breastfeeding for this summer’s obsession. But you know what? No churn ice cream is freaking easy and so delicious. No apologies over here!

This ice cream tastes exactly like a peanut butter cup!

And since I did figure out the ultimate peanut butter ice cream recipe this past Spring, I figure I should really take advantage of that and make every single version of peanut butter ice cream I can think of. Makes sense, right? Well, this time around I kept it simple with a peanut butter base, peanut butter swirl and milk chocolate ripple. Okay, maybe that sounds complicated, but I promise it’s not. Just four ingredients is necessary to make an ice cream that tastes exactly like a peanut butter cup. Summer eating does not get much better than this!

The best no churn chocolate and peanut butter ice cream! Only 4 ingredients!!

5.0 from 1 reviews
Peanut Butter Cup Ice Cream
 
Rich and creamy no-churn peanut butter ice cream with swirls of milk chocolate and peanut butter.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~1½ quarts
Ingredients
For the ice cream base:
  • 1 14-ounce can sweetened condensed milk (I used fat free, but any type would work)
  • 130g (1/2 cup) salted creamy all-natural peanut butter
  • 475 milliliters (2 cups) heavy cream
For the peanut butter swirl:
  • 150 (~2/3 cup) salted creamy all-natural peanut butter
For the chocolate swirl:
  • 240g good quality milk chocolate disks or bars, roughly chopped
Instructions
Make ice cream base:
  1. In a large bowl, whisk together peanut butter and sweetened condensed milk and sea salt until smooth
  2. In the separate bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream on high speed for several minutes, just until stiff peaks form
  3. Once cream is ready, fold it into peanut butter mixture
  4. Pour half of ice cream into a regular-sized loaf pan or ice cream storage container
  5. Make peanut butter swirl:
  6. Microwave peanut butter for 15 seconds
  7. Drizzle half of peanut butter swirl over top
  8. Make chocolate swirl:
  9. In a small microwave-safe dish, heat chocolate in 30-second increments, stirring after each, until melted
  10. Pour half of milk chocolate over ice cream; use a knife to marbleize chocolate and peanut butter into ice cream
  11. Repeat with remaining ice cream, peanut butter and chocolate
  12. Wrap well with seran warp or tin foil and freeze for 6 hours or overnight
Notes
Base from Martha Stewart

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Peanut Butter Chocolate Covered Pretzel Ice Cream

Peanut Butter Chocolate Covered Pretzel Ice Cream

Chocolate Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts

No Churn Chocolate Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts

Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream

Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream

Blueberry Cake with Vanilla Bean Glaze

This fresh blueberry bundt cake with a sweet vanilla bean glaze might be the highlight of your summer desserts!

INCREDIBLE blueberry cake!

I’ve been so busy making ice cream this summer (seriously, it’s almost embarrassing how much ice cream I’ve made and eaten) that I forgot how much I like to actually bake, you know, with an oven.

amazing blueberry bundt cake! can't wait to make it again

Sure, I’ve a couple of quick cookie batches here and there (<- my go-to quick cookie dough base), but sometimes nothing compares to the love, labor and nerves that come along with a cake, especially a bundt cake. I’m sure that many regular bakers would agree that no matter how many bundts you’ve successfully made, every single one will still give you that 10-second anxiety of removing the cake from the pan and hoping that it holds together.

My biggest piece of advice when baking a bundt is to go liberal on the non-stick spray. I like to use the baking spray that contains flour for greasing my cake pans and really coat every crevice. Add to that an adequate cooling time in the pan and you will have a much better chance of your bundt cake coming out in one piece.

This cake was unbelievable!

This blueberry cake came together beautifully, and despite being super moist and full of berries (they could have made for a gooey mess), it came out of the pan beautifully as well. Before the cake was completely cool, though, I slathered it with a vanilla bean glaze that really complimented the tartness of the blueberries. I ate a slice as soon as I finished taking photos. Matt and L shared one over the counter, not even waiting to find a place to sit to devour theirs.

Blueberry Cake with Vanilla Glaze - maybe the best blueberry cake i've had!

Of course as soon as we finished the cake, I made yet another batch of ice cream. I just couldn’t help myself!

Blueberry Cake with Vanilla Bean Glaze
 
This fresh blueberry bundt cake with a sweet vanilla bean glaze might be the highlight of your summer desserts!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 16 – 20 servings
Ingredients
For the cake:
For the blueberries:
  • 530g (4 cups) blueberries
  • 16g (2 tablespoons) all-purpose flour
For the batter:
  • 395g (~3 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 227g (1 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 80 milliliters (1/3 cup) vegetable oil
  • 235g (~1 cup, tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • 105g (~1/2 cup) granulated sugar
  • 150g (~3 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) pure vanilla extract
Vanilla Bean Glaze:
  • 160g (1 cup) powdered sugar
  • 30-45 milliliters (2-3 tablespoons) milk (see directions)
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) pure vanilla extract
  • 1 whole vanilla bean
Instructions
To make the cake:
  1. Preheat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Liberally grease and flour a 12 or 14 cup bundt pan; set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, lightly toss the blueberries with flour, set aside
  4. In another medium sized bowl, whisk together the flour, baking soda and salt; set aside
  5. In the large mixing bowl of an electric mixer, beat together the butter, oil and sugars on medium speed for 3 minutes; mix in eggs and vanilla on low-medium speed until combined
  6. Scrape sides of the bowl with a spatula and carefully add the dry ingredients while mixer is on low speed just until combined
  7. Remove bowl from mixer and gently fold in the blueberries; do not overmix
  8. Pour batter into prepared bundt pan and bake for 44-48 minutes, or until cake is lightly browned and a knife inserted into the cake comes out clean
  9. Allow to cool for 15 minutes before inverting onto a cooling rack and lifting pan off of cake; set aside to cool while preparing glaze
To make the Glaze:
  1. Whisk together powdered sugar, 2 tablespoons milk and vanilla extract until well combined and smooth; add up to one tablespoon if mixture is too thick (should be able to drizzle from whisk)
  2. Whisk in the inside of vanilla bean
  3. Drizzle glaze over cake and serve
Notes
Adapted from this Apple Bundt Cake
Cake best enjoyed same day it is made but leftovers can be stored in an airtight container or well covered for up to three days at room temperature

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Blueberry Chocolate Chunk Blondies

Brown Butter Blueberry Chocolate Chunk Blondies

Blueberry White Chocolate Brown Butter Cookies

Blueberry White Chocolate Brown Butter Cookies

No Churn Blueberry Crisp Ice Cream

No Churn Blueberry Crisp Ice Cream

 

 

Double Chocolate Chunk Ice Cream

Rich chocolate ice cream full of dark chocolate chunks; no churn ice cream for the chocolate lover!

Rich and chocolatey ice cream - don't need an ice cream maker!

Anyone who has raised a toddler knows that meal time can go in any direction. On a good day, your child will happily eat everything on his or her plate. On a bad day, a child yelling “no eat” or food tossed “accidentally” onto the floor may result. Some days a little game playing (“oh, do you want to use my fork today?or “how about mommy gets you some special sauce?”) will do the trick. Then there are days when chicken is too much effort to chew and half of it gets spit out.

So when we recently had to give L a medicine that was combined with food, I decided ice cream would be the best bet if we wanted to be 100% sure he would finish it. He is my child, after all. So when I ran out of the all-natural Turkey Hill chocolate he’d been eating, I had to dig into my own stash (what, you think I share my ice cream?). I wasn’t so sure he’d be able to eat those big chocolate chunks but what do you know, my kid who can’t always chew his chicken made his way through every.single.bite. My child for sure!

No Churn Chocolate Chunk Ice Cream - the whole family LOVED this!

And really, I can’t blame him. This double chocolate chunk ice cream is the ultimate ice cream flavor for the chocolate lover. The rich dark chocolate base is creamy and basically perfected with the addition of chocolate chunks. And since it’s toddler approved, you know it’s good.

Double Chocolate Chunk Ice Cream
 
Rich chocolate ice cream full of dark chocolate chunks; no churn ice cream for the chocolate lover!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~1½ quarts
Ingredients
  • 473 milliliters (2 cups) heavy cream
  • 1 14-ounce can sweetened condensed milk (I used fat free, but any type would work)
  • 50g (½ cup + 2 tablespoons) dark unsweetened cocoa powder high quality
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) pure vanilla extract
  • 195g (1¼ cups) roughly chopped 55% dark chocolate
Instructions
  1. In a large bowl, vigorously whisk together sweetened condensed milk, cocoa and vanilla; mixture will be very thick and you want to remove any cocoa clumps; set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream on high speed for several minutes, just until stiff peaks form
  3. Once cream is ready, gently fold half of it into sweetened condensed milk mixture; gently fold in remaining cream until fully combined; fold in chocolate chunks
  4. Pour ice cream into a regular-sized loaf pan or ice cream storage container; wrap well with seran warp or tin foil and freeze for 6 hours or overnight

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream

Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream

Oreo Fudge Swirl Ice Cream

No Churn Oreo Fudge Swirl Ice Cream

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake

Brownie Krispie Treats

Thick, chewy rice krispie treats “glued” to a fudgy brownie base with a layer of marshmallow fluff!

2 amazing desserts combined!

A few weeks ago, my mom and I hosted my sister’s bridal shower. Leading up to the party, my mom and I (and actually, my dad, too) spent hours and hours brainstorming, theme planning, cooking, baking, decorating and so forth. The shower ended up being so much fun, though, and actually pretty stress-free after all of the work we did in advance! The food was a hit, the decorations were festive, the cocktails were strong and my sister was happy! It was basically a massive success.

the best way to eat rice krispie treats!

When we first started planning, my mom and I had a million ideas of things we wanted to incorporate, but in the end, we came up with a theme that embodied Jessica’s favorite foods, drinks and her personality. By settling on a “He Popped The Question” theme (with some Mexican influence <- her favorite food of all time), we were able to come up with a menu and party plan that really worked together. Basically, we took the word “pop” and ran with it!

The food was all pick-up, including mozzerella and tomato skewers (pop-like) and shot glasses full of Mexican street corn salad. We created a special champagne margarita that everyone enjoyed in their personalized glasses- get it, pop / champagne? There was a massive popcorn table (some homemade and some store-bought). And then of course there was a dessert table. It included s’mores pops, champagne cupcakes, funfetti pop rock bars, Mexican blondies (recipe coming soon!) and of course these Brownie Krispie Treats (snap, crackle, POP! anyone?).

One of the best dessert recipes!

You know I don’t mess around when it comes to dessert. Think fudgy brownie, gooey marshmallow fluff and sky-high chewy rice krispie treats all perfectly stacked into a dreamy dessert bar. They were a big hit at the party and I’m now mildly obsessed.

Coming from someone who generally does not enjoy making rice krispie treats (stick hands drive me crazy!), I have to tell you that this dessert is worth every ounce of effort and messy hands. They not only looked outrageous, but also tasted incredible. And going along with the all of the advanced preparation, this is a bar dessert that you can definitely make ahead of time. I made and froze the brownie over a month in advance, then finished the rest the day before the party. After storing leftovers in my fridge for a couple of weeks, though, I can assure you that they stay super fresh for several days after making. So handy when planning for a big party!

5.0 from 1 reviews
Brownie Krispie Treats
 
Thick, chewy rice krispie treats “glued” to a fudgy brownie base with a layer of marshmallow fluff!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 18-24 servings
Ingredients
Brownie:
  • 128g unsweetened chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 170g (3/4 cups) unsalted butter
  • 208g (~1 cup) granulated sugar
  • 200g (~¾ cup + 2 tablespoons, packed) light brown sugar
  • 140g (~2 whole + 1 yolk) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) vanilla extract
  • 145g (~1 cups + 1 tablespoons) all-purpose flour
  • 1g (1/4 teaspoon) salt
Rice Krispie Treats
  • 71g (5 tablespoons) unsalted butter
  • 10 cups (425 grams) miniature marshmallows, divided
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon) kosher salt
  • 1 milliliter (1/4 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • 160g (3 cups) Rice Krispies cereal
Other:
  • 200g (1¾ cups marshmallow fluff)
Instructions
Make the brownie:
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Line a 9x13 baking pan with parchment paper; set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour and salt; set aside
  4. Melt butter and chocolate in large pot over low to medium heat; remove when melted
  5. Stir in sugar until combined; stir in eggs and vanilla until smooth
  6. Whisk in flour mixture just until combined; do not overmix
  7. Pour batter into prepared baking pan
  8. Bake 16-20 minutes or until a knife comes out clean from center
  9. Set brownies aside to cool completely before removing from pan with parchment paper and wrap well until ready to use (see notes for storage)
Make rice krispie treats:
  1. Line a 9x13 baking pan with parchment paper big enough to have it fold over each side of pan
  2. In a large pot, melt butter and 300g (7 cups) marshmallows over medium heat; stir constantly until completely melted; stir in vanilla and salt
  3. Remove pot from heat and stir in remaining marshmallows and rice krispies until all cereal is coated
  4. Grease your hands with non-stick cooking spray and press rice krispie treat mixture into prepared baking pan; allow to cool for twenty minutes until completing recipe
To put everything together:
  1. In a small microwave-safe bowl, heat marshmallow fluff for 15 seconds; stir well and then carefully spread over brownie base
  2. Using edges of parchment paper, carefully lift rice krispie treats out of pan and turn upside down onto frosted brownie, lightly press onto krispie treats so that dessert becomes intact
  3. Remove parchment paper from top and place entire dessert in refrigerator for one hour to chill before slicing and serving
Notes
Can be doubled by using two 9x13 pans for each component; brownie baking time will increase to about 25 minutes
To make in advance:
Brownie can be baked up to two months in advance if wrapped well in tin foil and frozen (I recommend keeping parchment paper on bottom)
Remainder of recipe can be completed up to one week in advance of serving; store entire dessert well wrapped in tin foil refrigerator
Completed dessert can also be frozen up to one month
Rice Krispie treat recipe from Brown Eyed Baker

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Fudgy Brownies with Fluffy Vanilla Buttercream

Fudgy Brownies with Fluffy Vanilla Buttercream

Salted Caramel Rice Krispie Treats with Mocha Ganache

Salted Caramel Rice Krispie Treats

Cinnamon Bun Krispie Treats

White Chocolate Cinnamon Bun Krispie Treats

Graham and Milk Chocolate Ice Cream

No churn graham cracker ice cream with rich milk chocolate chunks.

Amazing graham cracker ice cream with milk chocolate chunks!

I’m here! Our internet is fixed, I survived my sister’s bachelorette party (I came back in almost one piece), and I have so many recipes piling up and ready to be shared. There are a few that I’m quite in love with, but since the Fourth of July is this weekend, ice cream seemed like the first priority.

latest no churn ice cream obsession!

I almost don’t want anyone to know about this ice cream, because there’s a quart of it in my freezer and I”m not quite ready to share. It’s rich, creamy, loaded with graham cracker flavor (and pieces!) and swirled with pure milk chocolate. Important to note, per my usual, it’s an easy no-churn flavor. No ice cream maker needed. There’s so much goodness in every scoop, I’m most definitely in love.

Obsessed with this ice cream recipe!

If you want to go sundae crazy, I’d recommend a warm marshmallow sauce to get a s’mores-like impact. Or maybe pile it high with fresh whipped cream and some warm blueberry sauce. For now, I’ll be scooping bowlfuls sans topping to enjoy all the flavor and texture this ice cream has to offer.

I can't believe this ice cream was made without an ice cream maker!

5.0 from 1 reviews
Graham and Milk Chocolate Ice Cream
 
No churn graham cracker ice cream with rich milk chocolate chunks.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~1½ quarts
Ingredients
  • 475 milliliters (2 cups) heavy cream
  • 1 14-ounce can sweetened condensed milk (I used fat free, but any type would work)
  • 140g (~1 cup + 2 tablespoons) finely ground crackers (~ 12 sheets)
  • 80g (1¾ cups) graham cracker broken into bite-sized pieces (~5 sheets)
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • 240g good quality milk chocolate disks or bars, roughly chopped
Instructions
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream on high speed for several minutes, just until stiff peaks form
  2. While whipping cream, in a separate large bowl, stir together sweetened condensed milk, graham cracker crumbs, graham cracker pieces and vanilla
  3. Fold cream into sweetened condensed milk mixture
  4. Pour half of ice cream into a regular-sized loaf pan
  5. In a small microwave-safe dish, heat chocolate in 30-second increments, stirring after each, until melted
  6. Pour half of milk chocolate over ice cream; use a knife to marbleize chocolate and ice cream
  7. Top with remaining ice cream and repeat
  8. Wrap well with seran wrap or in an ice cream container and freeze for 6 hours or overnight

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it onInstagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

No Churn Cookie Butter Ice Cream

No Churn Cookie Butter Ice Cream

No Churn Pumpkin Cinnamon Bun Ice Cream

Pumpkin Cinnamon Bun Ice Cream

Gingersnap Peach Crumble Ice Cream

Gingersnap Peach Crumble Ice Cream

 

Blueberry Crisp Oatmeal Cookies

Summer’s favorite dessert in the form of a buttery, chewy and delicious cookie!

These seriously taste like fruit crisp!

Yes, I’m still here! Between life’s craziness and some computer issues I haven’t been able to post much over these last few weeks but I’m back… with cookies!

Will be making these all summer long!

And not just any cookie, but perhaps summer’s favorite cookie. I love a warm fruit crisp with melting ice cream as much as anyone else, but it isn’t the best dessert to take and share with friends (because, well, mess). Cookies, however, are always good for sharing with friends. And to be honest, I’m pretty sure I need to bring these blueberry cookies to every summer party I go to. Chewy, oaty, fruity, sweet and buttery, these cookies will be an instant hit!

new favorite cookie!

Make them, eat them, enjoy. Repeat!

5.0 from 2 reviews
Blueberry Crisp Oatmeal Cookies
 
Summer’s favorite dessert in the form of a buttery, chewy and delicious cookie!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 28 large cookies
Ingredients
  • 66g (1/2 cup) grams all-purpose flour
  • 78g (1/2 cup) white whole wheat flour
  • 8g (1 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) cinnamon
  • 3g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 227g (1 cup) unsalted butter, softened
  • 234g (1 cup, packed) light brown sugar
  • 106g (1/2 cup) granulated sugar
  • 100g (2 large) whole eggs
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla
  • 320g (4 cups) old-fashioned oats
  • 250g (2 cups) fresh blueberries
Instructions
  1. Whisk together flours, baking soda, cinnamon and salt; set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with paddle attachment, beat butter and sugars on medium-high speed until light and fluffy
  3. Mix in eggs and vanilla
  4. Reduce speed to low and gradually add the flour mixture
  5. Once combined, stir in the oatmeal; then carefully stir in blueberries
  6. Chill dough in refrigerator for at least two hours (see note)
  7. Once dough has chilled, pre-heat oven to 350 degrees and line baking sheets with parchment paper
  8. With a large cookie dough scoop (~3 tablespoons), place cookie dough balls about 2-3 inches apart from one another
  9. Bake cookies 15-17 min until edges are golden brown and center still looks slightly underbaked (they will continue to set as they cool)
  10. Slide parchment paper with cookies onto a wire rack and allow to cool completely before eating (see note)
Notes
Cookie dough must be chilled at least two hours and may be chilled up to two days before baking
Allow cookies to cool completely and set before removing from parchment paper or they will break and fall apart
Store baked cookies in an airtight container at room temperature up to three days or in freezer up to one month

This post contains affiliate links.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

No Churn Blueberry Crisp Ice Cream

No Churn Blueberry Crisp Ice Cream

Blueberry White Chocolate Brown Butter Cookies

Blueberry White Chocolate Brown Butter Cookies

Summer Berry Skillet Fruit Crisp

Summer Berry Skillet Crisp

Cinnamon Bun Cookie Ice Cream

No churn ice cream swirled with cinnamon roll filling and full of cinnamon roll cookie pieces!

No churn ice cream swirled with cinnamon roll filling OMG,

Every time I make a new ice cream flavor, I convince myself that it’s a new favorite and I can’t possibly come up with another that I will enjoy as much. The last batch, which was so good that I actually am not allowed to make it again (I had no self-control whatsoever!), was no different. However, this Cinnamon Bun Cookie Ice Cream is giving all previous ice cream experiences a run for their money!

IN LOVE

Creamy no churn vanilla ice cream is the base. In that, we have cinnamon roll filling (uh, yes!) and chopped chunks of cinnamon bun Oreos (yes, they do exist). Is it me, or were Oreos created soley for being folded into ice cream? My husband might beg to disagree, but I will pile my Oreos into ice cream each and every chance I get!

SONY DSC

I may have shed a small tear when I ate the last bowl of this cinnamon bun ice cream. It was that good, really.

Cinnamon Bun Ice Cream recipe - unbelievable!

 

5.0 from 1 reviews
Cinnamon Bun Cookie Ice Cream
 
No churn ice cream swirled with cinnamon roll filling and full of cinnamon roll cookie pieces!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~1½ quarts
Ingredients
  • 475 milliliters (2 cups) heavy cream
  • 1 14-ounce can sweetened condensed milk (I used fat free, but any type would work)
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) vanilla extract
  • 230g (3 cups) roughly chopped cinnamon roll Oreos, roughly chopped (16 cookies)
  • 120g (~1/2 cup tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • 28g (2 tablespoons) unsalted butter, melted
  • 6g (2 teaspoons) ground cinnamon
Instructions
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream on high speed for several minutes, just until stiff peaks form
  2. While whipping cream, in a separate large bowl, stir together sweetened condensed milk and vanilla; stir in Oreos
  3. In a separate small bowl, combine brown sugar, melted butter, cinnamon; set aside
  4. Once cream is ready, fold it into sweetened condensed milk mixture
  5. Pour half of ice cream into a regular-sized loaf pan and drop half of brown sugar mixture over top; top with remaining ice cream and top with remaining brown sugar mixture; wrap well with seran wrap or tin foil
  6. Freeze for 6 hours or overnight before serving
Notes
Base from Martha Stewart

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

New York Crumb Cake Ice Cream

New York Crumb Cake Ice Cream

Pumpkin Cinnamon Bun Ice Cream

Pumpkin Cinnamon Bun Ice Cream

Gingersnap Peach Crumble Ice Cream

Gingersnap Peach Crumble Ice Cream

Peanut Butter Chocolate Covered Pretzel Ice Cream

No churn peanut butter ice cream with peanut butter chunks and chocolate covered pretzel pieces.

basically the best ice cream ever.

I’ve been working very hard to bring you the very best no churn peanut butter ice cream you will ever eat. And by working hard, I mean eating my weight in peanut butter ice cream. No regrets over here!

HOLY COW peanut butter chocolate covered pretzel ice cream!

While I basically eat and breathe peanut butter, I wanted to find a balance between incredible peanut butter flavor and whoa this is pure frozen peanut butter (<—- not that there’s anything wrong with that!). I found that in order to do that, dividing the peanut butter into two parts: 1) peanut butter ice cream base and 2) peanut butter ripple was necessary. I know, I really took one for the team figuring that out.

no churn peanut butter ice cream with peanut butter swirls AND chocolate covered pretzels

And while that was ultimately awesome on its own, I wanted to add a mix-in, because ice cream with mix-ins is almost always better than ice cream without! The peanut butter was just calling for something crunchy and chocolaty so chunks of chocolate covered pretzel were a clear choice. I chopped up some Bark Thins because I’m mildly obsessed with them and the chocolate is rich, dark and not too sweet. Peanut butter ice cream with peanut butter ripple and chocolate covered pretzel in almost every bite. Sweet, salty, indulgent.

The BEST homemade ice cream!

In case it’s not already been made clear, this was complete peanut butter ice cream perfection.

5.0 from 1 reviews
Peanut Butter Chocolate Covered Pretzel Ice Cream
 
No churn peanut butter ice cream with peanut butter chunks and chocolate covered pretzel pieces.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~1½ quarts
Ingredients
For the ice cream:
  • 1 14-ounce can sweetened condensed milk (I used fat free, but any type would work)
  • 130g (1/2 cup) creamy peanut butter (if using salted natural peanut butter, omit sea salt)
  • 3g (½ teaspoon) sea salt
  • 210g (2 cups) chopped chocolate covered pretzels (I used Bark Thins because I’m obsessed with them)
  • 475 milliliters (2 cups) heavy cream
For the peanut butter swirl:
  • 130- 200g (1/2- ¾ cup) creamy peanut butter (see notes*) (if using salted natural peanut butter, omit sea salt)
  • 1g (¼ teaspoon) sea salt
Instructions
Make ice cream base:
  1. In a large bowl, whisk together peanut butter, sweetened condensed milk and sea salt until smooth; stir in chocolate covered pretzels
  2. In the separate bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream on high speed for several minutes, just until stiff peaks form
  3. Once cream is ready, fold it into peanut butter mixture
  4. Pour half of ice cream into a regular-sized loaf pan or ice cream storage container
Make peanut butter swirl:
  1. Microwave peanut butter for 15 seconds and stir in salt
  2. Drizzle half of peanut butter swirl over top then run a knife through peanut butter to marbleize; repeat with remaining ice cream and peanut butter
  3. Wrap well with seran warp or tin foil and freeze for 6 hours or overnight
Notes
Base from Martha Stewart
*I prefer to use the full 200g of peanut butter but that can make the ice cream very peanut buttery; use less if you aren’t quite as peanut butter crazy as I am

 

 

The BEST peanut butter ice cream!

This post contains affiliate links.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it onInstagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

No Churn Chocolate Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts

No Churn Chocolate Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts

No Churn Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream 

Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake

Vanilla Bean Cheesecake Bars

Cheesecake bars are an easier but equally delicious way to enjoy cheesecake.

my husband was so excited when I made these cheesecake bars!

To be honest, I’ve barely baked over the last few weeks. Last week I made ice cream (recipe coming soon, it was pretty much the best ever) and a simple Passover dessert, but that was it. Between our week in Florida and every day life chasing L around the apartment, it’s tough to get something into the oven. Plus, I think I’ve subconsciously been taking a break to get extra pumped up to bake for my sister’s upcoming shower.

My very favorite way to eat cheesecake!

So these cheesecake bars are already from about two months ago now. Matt had requested vanilla bean cheesecake at some point and I used the excuse of having friends over for dinner to indulge him. Instead of making a regular cheesecake, though, I decided to keep things simple and make cheesecake bars. For any of you who are nervous to bake cheesecake for the first time, that is the way to go. It’s so much easier!

An incredible dessert recipe!

The vanilla bean cheesecake bars were a huge hit. The Oreo crust was chocolaty and crisp and the filling was ultra creamy with vanilla beans speckled throughout. We each enjoyed more than our fair share of cheesecake because it really was delicious. I might have also eaten a couple pieces too many out of the leftovers the next day.

Vanilla Bean Cheesecake Bars
 
Cheesecake bars are an easier but equally delicious way to enjoy cheesecake.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 36 small bars
Ingredients
Crust:
  • 250g (2⅓ cups) Oreo cookie crumbs (about 20 cookies)
  • 57g (4 tablespoons) unsalted butter, melted
  • 27g (2 tablespoons) granulated sugar
Cheesecake Filling:
  • 454g (2 8-ounce packages) light cream cheese softened at room temperature
  • 370g (1¾ cups) granulated sugar
  • 165g (3 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 16g (2 tablespoons) all-purpose flour
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • The inside of 1 vanilla bean (if leaving this out, replace with 1 tablespoon of additional vanilla extract)
  • ½g (1/8 teaspoon) salt
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 325 degrees
  2. Line a 13x9 pan with parchment paper and spray with nonstick cooking spray, set aside
Make the crust:
  1. In a medium bowl, stir together cookie crumbs, melted butter and sugar
  2. Press crumb mixture into prepared baking pan; spread evenly using fingers to push down crust and set aside
  3. To make your cheesecake filling, beat cream cheese in mixer until light, creamy and lumps are gone (about 5 minutes)
  4. Add sugar and combine on medium-high speed well until light and creamy
  5. Beat in eggs, one at a time, on medium speed
  6. Mix in flour on medium speed
  7. Add vanilla extract, vanilla bean and salt and beat until mixture is thick and creamy
  8. Pour cheesecake batter over crust and bake for 36-40 minutes or until edges begin to separate from foil and middle bounces slightly when touched
  9. Refrigerate for at least 4 hours or overnight
  10. Remove cheesecake from pan and cut into bars
  11. Store in refrigerator and enjoy within five days of baking

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Cappuccino Cheesecake Cake Bars

Cappuccino Cheesecake Cake Bars

No Bake Cookie Dough Oreo Cheesecakes

No Bake Cookie Dough Oreo Cheesecakes

Funky Monkey Cheesecake Bars

Funky Monkey Cheesecake Bars

Chocolate and Pistachio Cookies

Big bakery-style chocolate and pistachio cookies are the ultimate cookie treat!

There's basically chocolate swirled through these cookies!

I feel a little bad because I’ve been keeping these cookies to myself for a few weeks now.

Obsessed with these salted pistachio and chocolate cookies! SO big!

They are exactly what I expect a perfect bakery-style cookie to be:

  • BIG (when it comes to cookies, bigger really is better)
  • Full of contrasting texture (crispy edges, chewy center and crunchy pistachios)
  • Major depth of flavor (deep essence of caramel from the brown sugar in the dough, subtle sweetness and richness from dark chocolate, just enough salty from pistachios and flaky sea salt)

pistachio and chocolate cookies with sea salt are everything

Just look at these beauties! Straight out of the oven the chocolate is just perfectly melted through and through. The chopped dark chocolate makes a huge difference in getting that richness in every bite. However, if you have it in you to let them cool, the texture of the cookie will really develop. It’s a win either way!

These cookies are AMAZING! Could barely wait for them to cool before devouring

 

5.0 from 1 reviews
Chocolate and Pistachio Cookies
 
Big bakery-style cookies full of dark chocolate chunks, crunchy pistachios and the perfect hint of salt.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 18 large cookies
Ingredients
  • 262g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 3g (½ teaspoon) baking soda
  • 170g (3/4 cup) unsalted butter, melted
  • 350g (~1½ cups, packed) light brown sugar
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 75g (~1 large egg + 1 yolk) eggs at room temperature
  • 130g (1 cup) dark chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 100g (¾ cup) salted pistachios, roughly chopped
Instructions
  1. In a medium bowl, whisk flour, baking soda and salt; set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat butter and sugar until well-combined
  3. Beat in eggs and vanilla until a mixture is a light creamy color
  4. Reduce speed to low and stir in flour mixture (do not overmix)
  5. Fold in chips
  6. Chill dough in refrigerator for 24-48 hours for best texture and flavor results
  7. Once dough has chilled, pre-heat oven to 325 degrees; cover baking sheets with parchment paper
  8. Overfill a large cookie dough scoop (~4 tablespoons total) for each cookie and place onto prepared baking sheets
  9. Bake large cookies 17-19 minutes or until brown around good portion of edges
  10. Set aside to cool
  11. Texture of cookies best within 24 hours; cookies can be enjoyed up to one week at room temperature or one month frozen if stored in an air-tight container
Notes
Dough requires 24-48 hours of chilling time for best results

So in love with this cookie recipe!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

This post contains affiliate links.

You might also like:

Cranberry and White Chocolate Pistachio Dusted Cookies

Cranberry & White Chocolate Pistachio Dusted Cookies

Chocolate Chunk Pistachio Oatmeal Cookies

Chocolate Chunk Pistachio Oatmeal Cookies

Lemon Raspberry Cheesecake Cups

Raspberry-swirled lemon cheesecake cups filled with fresh whipped cream and raspberries are the perfect Spring treat!

Raspberry-swirled lemon cheesecake cups filled with fresh whipped cream and raspberries are the perfect Spring treat!

Today we are channeling SPRING to celebrate my favorite blogger and good friend, Joanne!

Joannes Virtual Shower - lemon raspberry cheesecake!

Joanne is for sure one of the nicest people I’ve ever met. She’s a also good friend, so thoughtful, super smart, extremely creative, funny and talented in multiple arenas (blogging, running, SCIENCE). We’ve been friends for several years now and I can say for sure that she is going to be an amazing mom. I’m so excited for her to welcome her baby girl (and to come give that baby lots of snuggles!!!).

Loved how light these lemon raspberry cheesecakes were!

Since Joanne is the queen of seasonal cooking, we are channeling her love of fresh produce with a SPRING-themed virtual baby shower (scroll down for the full menu!). I thought that these little lemon cheesecake cups would be perfect because they are fresh and bright and light for the occasion. The lemon cheesecake batter is simple to make (I had mine in the oven within twenty minutes of starting) and swirled with your favorite raspberry jam. They are then topped off with a lightly sweetened whipped cream and fresh raspberries. The tartness from the lemon and berries is perfect for balancing the sweetness of the cheesecake. And for those of you who are timid with lemon desserts (as am I), these are lemony but definitely not lip-puckeringly so.

Must make these for Mother's Day!!

 

5.0 from 1 reviews
Lemon Raspberry Cheesecake Cups
 
Raspberry-swirled lemon cheesecake cups filled with fresh whipped cream and raspberries are the perfect Spring treat!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 14 cheesecakes
Ingredients
Cheesecake:
  • 14 vanilla wafer cookies
  • 454g (2 8-ounce packages) light cream cheese softened at room temperature
  • 370g (1¾ cups) granulated sugar
  • 165g (3 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 16g (2 tablespoons) all-purpose flour
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • 1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice (1/2 lemon)
  • 1 tablespoon lemon zest (1 lemon)
  • ½g (1/8 teaspoon) salt
  • 90g (1/3 cup) raspberry jam, stirred
For the whipped cream
  • 158 milliliters( ⅔ cup) heavy whipping cream, cold
  • 9g (2 teaspoons) granulated sugar
  • 75g (1/2 pint) fresh raspberries, washed and dried
Instructions
For cheesecake:
  1. Pre-heat oven to 325 degrees
  2. Line two regular-sized muffin tin with 14 paper cupcake liners; place a cookie on the bottom of each cup
  3. To make your cheesecake filling, beat cream cheese in mixer until light, creamy and lumps are gone (about 5 minutes)
  4. Add granulated sugar and lemon zest and combine on medium-high speed well until light and creamy
  5. Beat in eggs, one at a time, on medium speed
  6. Mix in flour on medium speed
  7. Add vanilla extract, lemon juice and salt and beat until mixture is thick and creamy
  8. Spoon cheesecake batter into cups; top each with about a teaspoon of raspberry jam
  9. Use a toothpick to carefully swirl the jam into the batter
  10. Bake 25-30 minutes or until edges of cheesecakes are firm and centers are just slightly jiggly
  11. Refrigerate for at least one hour before removing from pan to fill with whipped cream and berries
For the whipped cream:
  1. Beat cream in the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment on medium-high speed for several minutes or just until foamy; gradually add sugar and continue mixing until stiff peaks form
  2. Spoon whipped cream into cheesecake cups and top with fresh berries
Notes
Cheesecake needs at least one hour of chill time before serving but can be made up to three days in advance if kept refrigerated; fill cheesecake cups with whipped cream and berries when ready to serve

Be sure to check out the rest of the shower menu!

Orange Ginger Spritzer from The Lemon Bowl

Asparagus and Pea Puff Pastry Tarts from Belly Full 

Blood Orange Doughnuts from Cook Like a Champion

Lemon Raspberry Cheesecake Cups from Keep It Sweet Dessert

Meyer Lemon Soufflé from Blahnik Baker 

Strawberry Tartlets from The Cooking Actress

New York-Style Rhubarb Crumb Cake from Warm Vanilla Sugar

Berry Fool Tarts From Bake or Break 

Lemon Raspberry White Chocolate Chip Cookies from The Baker Chick

Mini Pineapple Upside-Down Cakes from Baker by Nature

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

The Fudgiest Fleur de Sel Brownies

The fudgiest brownies you will ever eat topped with fleur de sel are rich, decadent and completely satisfying.

super FUDGY fleur de sel brownies <- unbelievable

These brownies are, what I like to call, a piece of ultimate chocolate bliss. They are thick and ultra fudgy, studded with chocolate chips, layered with a naturally crackly top and sprinkled with fleur de sel. They aren’t too sweet but they are chocolatey and rich. The salt sprinkled on top helps cut the sweetness, though, with just the right amount of contrast. Eaten alone, with a cup of dark coffee or warm topped with vanilla ice cream, they are pure brownie perfection.

super fudgy AND crackly tops! these are amazing

In fact, I’m having major regrets that I brought them to my brother-in-law’s house for a family event and had to leave before dessert was served. Of course I got to taste them beforehand, but ever since that day I’ve had the biggest brownie craving ever. Luckily, brownies are generally very easy to make and, if I dare, I might just have to whip up a batch soon.

No one can stop raving about these brownies, best brownies ever!

Make them for your next party, new mom friend or to keep in the freezer as a secret stash. I won’t tell!

BEST brownies ever!

5.0 from 2 reviews
The Fudgiest Fleur de Sel Brownies
 
The fudgiest brownies you will ever eat topped with fleur de sel are rich, decadent and completely satisfying.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 30
Ingredients
  • Brownies:
  • 256g unsweetened chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 340g (1½ cups / 3 sticks) unsalted butter
  • 415g (~2 cups) granulated sugar
  • 400g (~1¾ cups, packed) light brown sugar
  • 275g (~5 large) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • 20 milliliters (4 teaspoons) vanilla extract
  • 290g (~2 cups + 2 tablespoons) all-purpose flour
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 135g (3/4 cup) semi sweet chocolate chips
  • 135g (3/4 cup) milk chocolate chips
  • 1g (3/4 teaspoon) fleur de sel
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees;
  2. Line a 9x13 baking pan with parchment paper; set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour and salt; set aside
  4. Melt butter and chocolate in large pot over low to medium heat; remove when melted
  5. Stir in sugar until combined; stir in eggs and vanilla until smooth
  6. Whisk in flour mixture just until combined; do not overmix; fold in chocolate chips
  7. Pour batter into prepared baking dish and sprinkle with fleur de sel
  8. Bake 40-45 minutes or until a knife comes out clean from center
  9. Set brownies aside to cool completely before removing from pan and cutting
Notes
Brownies can be baked ahead of time (store well-wrapped in freezer up to two months or at room temperature up to three days); frost day of serving for best results

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Heart-Shaped Brownie Pops

Brownie Pops

Fudgy Brownies with Fluffy Vanilla Buttercream

Fudgy Brownies with Fluffy Vanilla Buttercream

Hot Cocoa Cookies

Hot Cocoa Cookies

Lemon Poppy Seed Cupcakes

Moist cupcakes bursting with lemon flavor and bursts of poppy seeds are topped with a creamy vanilla bean frosting.

These lemon poppy seed cupcakes were super flavorful!

Before I tell you all about these pretty spring cupcakes, we have to talk about a special cookbook that is officially launching TODAY. My friend Andie (author of this book that I love), just published her brand new cookbook, Eating in the Middle: A Mostly Wholesome Cookbook. Not only is the cookbook beautiful (every recipe is accompanied by a gorgeous photo), but it’s also full of stories and background on Andie, her life, and how she eats.

The overall theme is that of balance. The book starts off with recipes for delicious food made with healthy ingredients. Think Brown Sugar & Chili-Rubbed Salmon and Creamy Farro with White Beans & Kale. The lighter section of the book is then followed by more indulgent recipes for special occasions and sharing with friends like Barbecue Chicken Pop Pie and Peanut Butter Mousse Pie. Her balanced approach to eating that prioritizes health without deprivation is so refreshing. It’s the way I try to live and so much more liberating than a life of diets and restrictions. I never really understood that until recently but am so happy that I now have a cookbook that embraces all of that.

The best recipe for lemon poppy seed cupcakes!

Now onto the cupcakes! These moist little cakes pack an intense citrus punch for the true lemon dessert lover in your life! They are a little on the denser side (in a rich and satisfying way), thanks to the sour cream / Greek yogurt in the recipe. They were made especially for my dad who has always adored lemon poppy seed desserts. He enjoyed his cupcakes sans frosting, but for the rest of us, they were topped with a light and creamy vanilla bean frosting. Such a lovely spring birthday treat!

Crazy good recipe for lemon poppy seed cupcakes!

 

5.0 from 1 reviews
Lemon Poppy Seed Cupcakes with Vanilla Bean Buttercream
 
Moist cupcakes bursting with lemon flavor and bursts of poppy seeds are topped with a creamy vanilla bean frosting.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 cupcakes
Ingredients
Cupcakes:
  • 197g (1½ cups) all-purpose flour
  • 9g (1¾ teaspoon baking powder
  • 3g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 142g (10 tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 212g (1 cup) granulated sugar
  • 100g (2 large) whole eggs
  • 113g (1/2 cup) sour cream (I substituted nonfat plain greek yogurt)
  • 59 milliliters (1/4 cup) fresh lemon juice
  • 1g (2 tablespoons) grated lemon zest (from 1 lemon)
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) pure vanilla extract
  • 17g (2 tablespoons) poppy seeds
Buttercream:
  • [ ] 6 ounces (12 tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 56g light cream cheese, cold
  • 1 vanilla bean, seeds scraped
  • 160g (1 cup) powdered sugar
Instructions
Cupcakes:
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; line a regular-sized cupcake tin with paper or foil liners
  2. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour, baking powder and salt; set aside
  3. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with paddle attachment, beat together butter and sugar at medium-high speed for several minutes or until light and fluffy
  4. Add eggs and mix on medium speed for one minute; add sour cream or yogurt, lemon juice, lemon zest, vanilla and poppy seeds and mix on medium speed just until combined
  5. Reduce mixer to low and slowly add flour mixture but do not overmix; batter will be thick
  6. Spoon batter evenly between cupcake liners (each should be almost full); bake for 16-20 minutes or until a toothpick comes out clean from center of cupcake
  7. Let cupcakes cool for two minutes in tin and then move to a wire rack to cool completely; make frosting while cupcakes are cooling
Buttercream:
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with paddle attachment, beat butter and cream cheese on medium-high speed for several minutes or until light, creamy and smooth
  2. Add vanilla bean and half of sugar, mix on low speed just until sugar is incorporated; add remaining sugar and mix on low speed for one minute then increase to medium-high speed and mix for a few minutes or until frosting is light and creamy
  3. Pipe frosting onto cooled cupcakes
Notes
Cupcake recipe from Eating in the Middle
Store frosted cupcakes in an airtight container in refrigerator up to four days

This post contains affiliate links. I received a copy of Eating in the Middle for free, but all thoughts and opinions are my own.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Mini Lemon Layer Cake for Two

Mini Lemon Layer Cake

No Churn Lemon Ice Cream

No Churn Lemon Ice Cream

Mini Lemon Cupcakes

Mini Lemon Cupcakes

Banana Pudding with Peanut Butter Cream

Classic homemade banana pudding is even better when topped with fresh peanut butter whipped cream!

The most AMAZING and creamy banana pudding from scratch!

Ever since our trip to Charleston (yes, I really owe you a post on that!), I’ve been craving banana pudding like crazy. On our last night of vacation, we ordered dinner to the room. I had ratatouille with a fried egg (for the second time on the trip!) and the most amazing banana pudding for dessert! It was made with caramelized bananas and… wait for it… peanut butter whipped cream. All of the deliciousness was crammed into a cute little jar and despite how full I was, I ate every last bite.

Everyone was completely in love with this banana pudding, so creamy and amazing!

I’ve made peanut butter whipped cream before and was already in love. Banana pudding with peanut butter whipped cream ended up being an amazing twist on a classic southern dessert.

Banana pudding topped with PEANUT BUTTER whipped cream, holy cow!

So when we had our friends over for dinner a few weeks ago, I was really excited for an excuse to make an entertaining-worthy dessert like banana pudding. Cookies are great and everything, but I can make them any day of the week. Banana pudding? It deserves to be a special party treat.

While I didn’t caramelize the bananas (I have to be picky about where I use my time!), the dessert was every bit as good as I remember it being while we were away. The from-scratch vanilla and rum infused pudding was so luscious, creamy and indulgent. The thinly sliced bananas and softened cookies complimented it beautifully. And the peanut butter whipped cream? Let’s just say that when we indulge in a special dessert, we really do it right around here. Everything worked.

Only rave reviews for this dessert recipe!

5.0 from 1 reviews
The Ultimate Banana Pudding with Peanut Butter Whipped Cream
 
Classic homemade banana pudding is even better when topped with fresh peanut butter whipped cream!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: Makes 8 servings
Ingredients
Vanilla Custard
  • 3⁄4 cup (150 grams) granulated sugar
  • 1⁄4 cup (35 grams) cornstarch
  • 1g (1/4 teaspoon) salt
  • 90g (6 large) egg yolks at room temperature
  • 830 milliliters (3 1⁄2 cups) milk, preferably whole
  • 28g (2 tablespoons) unsalted butter, sliced
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) vanilla bean paste
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) dark rum (optional but recommended)
Peanut Butter Whipped Cream
  • 237 milliliters (1 cup) heavy whipping cream, cold
  • 20g (2 tablespoons) powdered sugar
  • 75 grams (3 tablespoons) creamy peanut butter (do not use “natural”)
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • 8 medium-sized glasses (~240 milliliters or at least 1 cup each)
40-50 vanilla wafers
3 just ripe (firm) bananas, thinly sliced
Instructions
  1. See notes on preparation timing below
Vanilla Custard
  1. In a large heavy-duty pot, whisk together eggs, sugar, cornstarch and salt; drizzle in milk and whisk continuously while pouring
  2. Once combined, place pot on stove over medium heat and stir continuously as mixture comes to a simmer; once simmering, continue to stir and cook until thick, about five minutes
  3. Remove from heat and immediately whisk in butter, vanilla and rum; place custard in a heat-proof airtight container overnight in refrigerator before continuing with recipe
Peanut Butter Whipped Cream
  1. When ready to make parfaits, prepare whipped cream
  2. Place all ingredients into the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment
  3. Beat on medium-high speed for two to three minutes or until stiff peaks form
To put it all together
  1. Place two cookies on the bottom of each glass; top cookies with about ½ cup of custard; follow custard with 6 thin banana slices and then three additional cookies; top each with remaining custard (should be about ½ cup per glass) and then whipped cream (1/4 –1/3 cup per glass)
  2. Top with additional wafer cookie just before serving if desired
Notes
I highly recommend making pudding the night before serving (it needs time to set) and prepping the parfaits several hours before enjoying. This will ensure that the pudding has set and the cookies have time to soften. If covered well with seran, parfaits can be stored up to 24 hours before serving.
Custard from Smitten Kitchen

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Peanut Butter S’mores Parfaits

Peanut Butter S'mores Parfaits

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits

Peppermint Chocolate Pavlova Parfaits

Peppermint Chocolate Pavlova Parfaits

Triple Chip Cookies

Crispy, chewy and loaded with three types of chocolate chips, these triple chip cookies are divine!

These cookies are absolutely perfect! Crisp edges and chewy centers.

Life has felt a little bit all over the place lately. Things are really good, but having a toddler has kept me on my toes to say the least! L’s the best little one-year-old you will ever meet, but to describe him as “busy” is an understatement. We’re building blocks and playing with stickers. We are climbing the bed and reaching for all the things I didn’t realize were at arms length. On non-freezing days we are at the park. He tells me to “sit” when we are playing at home (and you better believe he has a specific place for me to land). We talk and sing and dance and pull out all the pots and pans. There are booboos, toddler tantrums and frustrating meals in-between. And when I get the opportunity, hugs and kisses galore. It’s all so much good stuff but let me tell you, it’s exhausting!

Everyone is obsessed with these cookies, they taste like the best bakery cookies you ever had!

And for me, when I feel a little crazed, and don’t have time for complicated recipes, I come back to the classic comforts in the kitchen. At the top of that list, always, is chocolate chip cookies.

These Triple Chip Cookies, are chocolate chip cookies to the max. Don’t even dare to look for a chipless bite because you won’t find one. Packed with semi-sweet, milk chocolate and white chocolate chips, these perfect little cookies are just what I needed to find my moment of peace in all the mom-of-a-one-year-old chaos! They are oh so crisp right around the edges but chewy and chocolaty in the middle. They taste incredible as they melt in your mouth right out of the oven, but save some for later to dip in a glass of milk and you will be oh so happy. Cookie zen as I like to call it!

One of the best homemade cookies I've ever tried!

5.0 from 1 reviews
Triple Chip Cookies
 
Crispy, chewy and loaded with three types of chocolate chips, these triple chip cookies are divine!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~2½ dozen cookies
Ingredients
  • 262g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 3g (½ teaspoon) baking soda
  • 170g (3/4 cup) unsalted butter, melted
  • 350g (~1½ cups, packed) light brown sugar
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 75g (~1 large egg + 1 yolk) eggs at room temperature
  • 75g (2/3) cup semi-sweet chocolate chips
  • 75g (2/3) milk chocolate chips
  • 75g (2/3) white chocolate chips
Instructions
  1. In a medium bowl, whisk flour, baking soda and salt; set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat butter and sugar until well-combined
  3. Beat in eggs and vanilla until a mixture is a light creamy color
  4. Reduce speed to low and stir in flour mixture (do not overmix); fold in chips
  5. Chill dough in refrigerator for 24-48 hours for best texture and flavor results
  6. Once dough has chilled, pre-heat oven to 325 degrees; cover baking sheets with parchment paper
  7. Scoop cookie dough with medium cookie dough scoop(about 2 tablespoons) onto prepared baking sheets
  8. Bake cookies 14-17 minutes or until brown around good portion of edges
  9. Set aside to cool
Notes
Dough requires 24-48 hours of chilling time for best results
Texture of cookies best when eaten within 24 hours; cookies can be enjoyed up to one week at room temperature or one month frozen if stored in an air-tight container

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

This post contains affiliate links.

You might also like:

Comfort Food Chocolate Chunk Cookies

Comfort Food Chocolate Chunk Cookies

Cranberry & White Chocolate Cookies

Cranberry & White Chocolate Pistachio Dusted Cookies

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies

Blood Orange Chocolate Truffles

Rich and decadent dark chocolate truffles with a hint of blood orange. These are the best homemade candy!

These chocolate truffles are unbelievable!

Over the last few years it’s gotten increasingly harder to schedule plans with friends. Between kids, family obligations and the seemingly speed-of-light passing of time, everyone’s schedules fill up fast. The “let’s do this again, and soon this time!” inevitably turns into the passing of another two months until another date is made. Top that with the winter season leading to at least one child being sick and getting friends together really becomes an unfortunate challenge.

No one can believe that these are homemade!!

So when we were able to get four of our favorite couples (plus kids!) to our place for dinner, we wanted to make it lots of fun. The night started early (5pm ha!) so that everyone could bring their babies without worrying about childcare. It was definitely a risk to sign up for 4 children under the age of three in one apartment during the witching hour, but we went for it.

So rich and amazing! We went crazy over these truffles and can't wait to make them again.

Matt and I decided to go Mexican with dinner and break all the rules by making a recipe for chicken enchiladas we hadn’t cooked before (luckily America’s Test Kitchen is always dependable!). Plus, there was plenty of chips and guacamole to go around, even after L ate half of the guac. Add to that cilantro lime rice, Mexican-spiced beans, cumin-roasted cauliflower and salad.

Chocolate truffles are the best hostess gift! They seem so fancy but are actually easy to make,

I kept things seasonal and festive with spicy blood orange margaritas (that I’m still thinking about) and thought, why not have a blood orange dessert as well? So these Blood Orange truffles (along with a soon-to-come recipe for banana pudding) made their appearance.

Now, I know that orange and chocolate is a traditional flavor pairing that some people love, but historically it really hasn’t appealed to me. However, these truffles were quite extraordinary. The blood orange brought a fruitfulness to the truffles that complimented the bitterness of the dark chocolate at just the right level. That flavor, with a sensational melt-in-your-mouth richness made them a huge hit. In fact, my friends were a bit in disbelief that I had in fact made the truffles myself.

I promise you, though, that these are a lot easier than you might think. The most complicated part is tediously rolling the individual truffles but it’s very much worth the effort. Additionally, you can make these up to one week ahead of time if stored in the fridge. Just make sure not to eat them all before you gift or serve them. That is no easy feat.

Blood Orange Truffles are my new favorite dessert! Homemade candy is the best.

5.0 from 1 reviews
Blood Orange Chocolate Truffles
 
Rich and decadent dark chocolate truffles with a hint of blood orange. These are the best homemade candy!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 20 truffles
Ingredients
  • 79 milliliters (1/3 cup) heavy whipping cream
  • 1g (1 teaspoon) blood orange zest (~1 orange)
  • 142g chopped semi-sweet chocolate
  • 57g (4 tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) blood orange juice (~1/3 orange)
  • 10g (2 tablespoons) unsweetened cocoa powder (you won’t use all of it)
Instructions
  1. Combine heavy whipping cream and orange zest in a small heavy-duty saucepan; heat over low-medium heat
  2. Bring to a light rolling boil then remove from heat; immediately pour through a mesh strainer over chocolate and whisk until smooth
  3. Whisk mixture until chocolate is completely melted; whisk in butter and orange juice until smooth
  4. Chill mixture in refrigerator for at least two hours or overnight
  5. Once firm, use a small or cookie dough scoop to form small ball-shaped truffles; they will be slightly soft and sticky; freeze for fifteen minutes to set
  6. Once set, roll truffles in cocoa powder and store in an airtight container in refrigerator until ready to eat
  7. Bring to room temperature before serving
Notes
Adapted from my lemon truffles
May store in refrigerator up to one week

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it onInstagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Lemon Truffles

Lemon Truffles

Peppermint Mocha Truffles

Peppermint Mocha Truffles

Fluffernutter Cookies

Soft and chewy peanut butter cookies sandwiched together with marshmallow buttercream.

these are just like a fluffernutter sandwich but in cookie form!!

It’s been a long time since I’ve had a fluffernutter sandwich, but the memories of soft white Wonder Bread slathered with creamy Skippy (most definitely not all natural) and sweet marshmallow fluff are still vivid in my mind. Everything just melded together in one perfect bite with the soft bread and the sticky sweet and salty combination of peanut butter and fluff. How this ever made its way into my lunch box  on occasion I’ll never know (best mom ever?), but I am glad that it did. No turkey, tuna or even the similar but not even close peanut butter and jelly could compare.

Holy peanut butter cookies!!!!!

And while not much could be better than that classic fluffernutter sandwich, these cookies really do get you to that ultimate flavor and texture profile. The peanut butter cookies are just pure peanut butter goodness. They are soft, chewy and uninterrupted. I chose to keep the chips and nuts out of the picture to make it that way. And then the marshmallow buttercream holds it together and the cookies and icing just melt into each other in every bite. If you are looking to have a love affair with a cookie, I’d suggest this one.

Pretty much the best peanut butter cookies ever.

5.0 from 4 reviews
Fluffernutter Cookies
 
Soft and chewy peanut butter cookies sandwiched together with marshmallow buttercream.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~2 dozen cookie sandwiches
Ingredients
Peanut Butter Cookies:
  • 130g (~1 cup) all-purpose flour
  • 12g (1 ½ teaspoons) baking soda
  • 113g (½ cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 258g (1 cup) creamy peanut butter
  • 160g (~¾ cup) granulated sugar
  • 117g (~1/2 cup) packed light brown sugar
  • 100g (2 large) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
Marshmallow Frosting
  • 170g (¾ cup) unsalted butter, softened
  • 200g (1¾ cup) marshmallow fluff
  • 240g (1½ cups) powdered sugar
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
Instructions
For Cookies:
  1. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour and baking soda, set aside
  2. Using a mixer, in a large bowl beat peanut butter, butter and sugars on high until light and fluffy
  3. Beat in the eggs and vanilla until combined
  4. Reduce speed to low and stir in flour mixture just until combined
  5. Chill dough for 2 hours or overnight
  6. After chilling the dough, pre-heat the oven to 350 degrees and line baking sheets with parchment paper
  7. Use a small cookie dough scoop to place cookie dough balls (about 1 tablespoon each) on top of parchment paper, 1-2 inches apart; lightly press palm into scoops to flatten
  8. Bake ~8 minutes until cookies are brown around the edges
For Frosting:
  1. Cream butter on high speed until light and fluffy; add fluff and combine on high speed until smooth
  2. Add sugar and mix on low speed until combined; increase speed to high until light and fluffy
  3. Mix in vanilla on high speed until combined
To Make Cookie Sandwiches:
  1. Match cookies in pairs so that each side is about the same size
  2. Spread or pipe about 2 teaspoons of frosting on the bottom of one cookie from each pair
  3. Top other cookie and press down lightly
  4. Store cookies in an airtight container up to three days; may be frozen for up to one month

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

This post contains affiliate links.

You might also like:

Peanut Butter S’mores Parfaits

Peanut Butter S'mores Parfaits

Fluffernutter Chocolate Cake

Fluffernutter Chocolate Cake

Peanut Butter Caramel Bars

Peanut Butter Caramel Bars

Brown Sugar Caramel Pear Crisp

Warm caramel pear crisp topped with a crisp oatmeal topping is perfect the cold late winter days.

Brown Sugar Caramel Pear Crisp <- new go-to winter treat

Every February I get that feeling that Spring isn’t too far away. And while in some parts of the states that is probably true, here in the Northeast we don’t get real spring weather until close to May. So to make it through that long cold stretch, we need warm, comforting dessert.

Brown Sugar Caramel Pear Crisp <- we loved this recipe!

Crisps, crumbles and cobblers never fail to disappoint. Warm sweet fruit topped with a flavorful crumbly topping, often served with ice cream… what’s not to like? Here I took advantage of the plethora of pears we had while they are still in season. They paired so well with a brown sugar caramel. If you want, you can serve the crisp with ice cream and additional caramel sauce (the recipe makes more than enough for the crisp itself). However, this was really good enough to stand on it’s own. The pears almost melt in your mouth and the oatmeal-ful topping is so satisfying.

Brown Sugar Caramel Pear Crisp - SUCH a good recipe!!

Brown Sugar Caramel Pear Crisp
 
Warm caramel pear crisp topped with a crisp oatmeal topping is perfect the cold late winter days.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: Serves 6
Ingredients
Topping:
  • 55g (~1/2 cup) oat flour* (I pulsed my oatmeal in the food processor until it was the consistency of flour)
  • 40g (~1/2 cup) old fashioned oatmeal*
  • 70g (~1/3 cup, tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • ½g (¼ teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • 55g (1/4 cup) cold unsalted butter, cut into small cubes
Filling:
  • 700g sliced ripe pears (about 4 large)
  • 15g (~2 tablespoons) oat flour* (I pulsed my oatmeal in the food processor until it was the consistency of flour)
  • ⅓ cup brown sugar caramel sauce (recipe below)
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. In a medium bowl, prepare topping; mix together oat flour, oatmeal and brown sugar
  3. Add butter and use fingers to combine until mixture is slightly lumpy; set aside
  4. Prepare filling; in 9-inch round shallow baking dish (like a pie plate), stir together pears, oat flour and caramel sauce
  5. Distribute topping evenly over top of fruit
  6. Bake for about 20-25 minutes or until filling is bubbling and topping is lightly browned, if you see that topping has started to get to brown early, lightly cover with tin foil for remainder of baking time

Brown Sugar Caramel Sauce
 
Brown sugar-based caramel sauce adds a special element to the pear crisp!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 1 cup
Ingredients
  • 234g (1 cup tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • 113g (1/2 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 118 milliliters (1/2 cup) whole milk
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) salt
Instructions
  1. Place the sugar, butter, and salt in a medium-sized heavy-duty pot over medium heat; stir until the butter and sugar have dissolved
  2. Sir in milk; increase heat to medium-high and continue to cook for four minutes (mixture should come to a boil within one minute); immediately remove from heat and stir; pour into a heat-proof bowl to cool
  3. Store in refrigerator up to one week before using; re-heat gently in microwave to loosen before using
Notes
Adapted from Recipe from The Level Headed Chef

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it onInstagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Apple and Pear Crisp

Obsessed with this pear and apple crisp!

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce

Winter Fruit Crisp

Winter Fruit Crisp

S’mores Layer Cake

Graham cracker cake layered with toasted marshmallow and milk chocolate buttercreams. This cake embodies the flavors you love in a s’more!

s'mores in cake form OMG this was a huge hit

It’s cake birthday season here! We kicked things off with a bang last weekend celebrating Matt’s Mom’s and my sister-in-law’s overlapping birthdays. And since it was a double birthday, I knew that the dessert had to be extra special.

FOUR layer s'mores cake with the best toasted marshmallow frosting AND milk chocolate frosting

And what could be more special than a four-layer cake made to embody the flavors of a classic s’more? We start with a cake batter infused with graham cracker crumbs, ice a couple of layers with toasted marshmallow buttercream, and then slather the whole thing in the lightest creamiest milk chocolate frosting you will ever have.

the best s'mores cake for celebrations!

While I don’t believe in “naked” cakes (who ever decided that less frosting was better than more?), it was fun to photograph the pre-frosted cake because the layers were oh so pretty. I didn’t want to slice into the finished product before serving and this ended up working out nicely. But as I said, I’m partial to more frosting than less, so be sure to slather your cake generously. It will insure that you have an extra special cake for any birthday celebration.

5.0 from 1 reviews
S'mores Layer Cake
 
Graham cracker cake layered with toasted marshmallow and milk chocolate buttercreams. This cake embodies the flavors you love in a s’more!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: Serves 16
Ingredients
Graham Cracker Cake:
  • 340g (1 ½ cups) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 212g (1 cup) granulated sugar
  • 117g (½ cup) light brown sugar, packed
  • 330g (3 cups) cake flour
  • 112g (1 cup) finely ground graham cracker crumbs (plus optional additional crumbs for decorating) :
  • 7½g (1 ½ teaspoons) baking powder
  • 2 ½g (½ teaspoon) salt
  • 150 milliliters (10 tablespoons) whole milk
  • 330g (6 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 30 milliliters (2 tablespoons) pure vanilla extract
Toasted Marshmallow Buttercream:
  • 80g (1 ½ cups) mini marshmallows
  • 80g (½ cup) powdered sugar
  • 113g (½ cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 115g (¾ cup) marshmallow fluff
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla
Milk Chocolate Buttercream:
  • 130g milk chocolate, melted and cooled for 30 minutes
  • 225g (1 cups) unsalted butter, softened
  • 180g (1 cup plus 2 tablespoons) confectioners' sugar, sifted
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoons) cold whole milk
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) pure vanilla extract
  • ¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon
Instructions
Graham Cracker Cake:
  1. Pre-heat oven to 325 degrees; grease and flour two 9-inch round cake pans; line bottoms of pans with parchment paper and grease and flour the parchment paper; set aside
  2. In a medium bowl, whisk together cake flour, graham cracker crumbs, baking powder and salt; set aside
  3. In a small bowl, whisk together milk, eggs and vanilla; set aside
  4. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat together butter and sugars on medium-high speed for several minutes until light and fluffy
  5. Reduce mixer to low speed and slowly add one third of the dry ingredients; add half of the wet ingredients and repeat with both until just combined; do not overmix
  6. Divide batter evenly into prepared baking pans and bake in center of the oven for 33-37 minutes or until a knife comes out clean or with very few moist crumbs from center of cake
  7. Let cake layers cool on a cooling rack for ten minutes before carefully removing from pans to cool completely
  8. When cake layers have completely cooled, use a serrated knife to carefully cot each layer horizontally to create four total cake layers (continue with directions below or see note for advance preparation)
Toasted Marshmallow Buttercream:
  1. Pre-heat oven to broil; line a cookie sheet with parchment paper and spray with nonstick cooking spray
  2. Put marshmallows on prepared cookie sheet and place on lower rack of oven for one to two minutes until nicely browned on top; remove pan and spray a set of tongs with cooking spray; use them to carefully flip marshmallows over onto other sides
  3. Broil marshmallows again for one to two minutes or until nicely browned on other side; remove from oven and set aside
  4. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with paddle attachment, beat butter and sugar on low speed just until combined; add marshmallow fluff and vanilla and mix on medium high speed until light and creamy (about three minutes); scrape sides of the bowl with spatula
  5. Add half of toasted marshmallows and mix on medium speed for thirty seconds; add remaining marshmallows and mix on medium speed two minutes (there will still be bits of crunch marshmallow but they should be mostly combined)
Milk Chocolate Buttercream:
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat the butter on medium-high speed until very light and creamy
  2. Add half of sugar and mix on low speed for one minute; add remaining sugar and mix again on low speed
  3. Beat on medium high speed until light and fluffy; reduce speed to low and slowly add milk, vanilla, and cinnamon; scrape the sides of the bowl and mix on low again and slowly add the melted chocolate
  4. Increase speed to medium-high and beat for 2-3 minutes or until frosting is creamy and light
To put cake together:
  1. Place one layer of cake on serving plate; top with half of toasted marshmallow buttercream and spread evenly to cover cake layer; top with second layer of cake and spread ⅔ cup milk chocolate frosting over that layer
  2. Place third layer of cake down and spread remaining marshmallow frosting over that; place fourth cake layer on top and frost entire cake with remaining milk chocolate frosting
Notes
For advance preparation, wrap cooled cake layers well with seran and store at room temperature overnight or for one month in freezer
Make sure milk chocolate has cooled for 30 minutes before making chocolate frosting
Frostings best made right before building cake
Store cake in refrigerator and bring to room temperature before serving; best best enjoyed same day
Graham cracker cake slightly adapted from Food and Wine
Toasted marshmallow frosting from Sweetapolita
Milk chocolate buttercream adapted from chile chocolate buttercream

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Graham Cracker Cookies with Toasted Pumpkin Marshmallow Filling

Graham Cracker Cookies with Toasted Pumpkin Marshmallow Filling

Peanut Butter S’mores Parfaits

Peanut Butter S’mores Parfaits

Hot Cocoa Cookies

Hot Cocoa Cookies

S’mores Layer Cake

Graham cracker cake layered with toasted marshmallow and milk chocolate buttercreams. This cake embodies the flavors you love in a s’more!

s'mores in cake form OMG this was a huge hit

It’s cake birthday season here! We kicked things off with a bang last weekend celebrating Matt’s Mom’s and my sister-in-law’s overlapping birthdays. And since it was a double birthday, I knew that the dessert had to be extra special.

FOUR layer s'mores cake with the best toasted marshmallow frosting AND milk chocolate frosting

And what could be more special than a four-layer cake made to embody the flavors of a classic s’more? We start with a cake batter infused with graham cracker crumbs, ice a couple of layers with toasted marshmallow buttercream, and then slather the whole thing in the lightest creamiest milk chocolate frosting you will ever have.

the best s'mores cake for celebrations!

While I don’t believe in “naked” cakes (who ever decided that less frosting was better than more?), it was fun to photograph the pre-frosted cake because the layers were oh so pretty. I didn’t want to slice into the finished product before serving and this ended up working out nicely. But as I said, I’m partial to more frosting than less, so be sure to slather your cake generously. It will insure that you have an extra special cake for any birthday celebration.

5.0 from 1 reviews
S'mores Layer Cake
 
Graham cracker cake layered with toasted marshmallow and milk chocolate buttercreams. This cake embodies the flavors you love in a s’more!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: Serves 16
Ingredients
Graham Cracker Cake:
  • 340g (1 ½ cups) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 212g (1 cup) granulated sugar
  • 117g (½ cup) light brown sugar, packed
  • 330g (3 cups) cake flour
  • 112g (1 cup) finely ground graham cracker crumbs (plus optional additional crumbs for decorating) :
  • 7½g (1 ½ teaspoons) baking powder
  • 2 ½g (½ teaspoon) salt
  • 150 milliliters (10 tablespoons) whole milk
  • 330g (6 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 30 milliliters (2 tablespoons) pure vanilla extract
Toasted Marshmallow Buttercream:
  • 80g (1 ½ cups) mini marshmallows
  • 80g (½ cup) powdered sugar
  • 113g (½ cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 115g (¾ cup) marshmallow fluff
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla
Milk Chocolate Buttercream:
  • 130g milk chocolate, melted and cooled for 30 minutes
  • 225g (1 cups) unsalted butter, softened
  • 180g (1 cup plus 2 tablespoons) confectioners' sugar, sifted
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoons) cold whole milk
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) pure vanilla extract
  • ¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon
Instructions
Graham Cracker Cake:
  1. Pre-heat oven to 325 degrees; grease and flour two 9-inch round cake pans; line bottoms of pans with parchment paper and grease and flour the parchment paper; set aside
  2. In a medium bowl, whisk together cake flour, graham cracker crumbs, baking powder and salt; set aside
  3. In a small bowl, whisk together milk, eggs and vanilla; set aside
  4. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat together butter and sugars on medium-high speed for several minutes until light and fluffy
  5. Reduce mixer to low speed and slowly add one third of the dry ingredients; add half of the wet ingredients and repeat with both until just combined; do not overmix
  6. Divide batter evenly into prepared baking pans and bake in center of the oven for 33-37 minutes or until a knife comes out clean or with very few moist crumbs from center of cake
  7. Let cake layers cool on a cooling rack for ten minutes before carefully removing from pans to cool completely
  8. When cake layers have completely cooled, use a serrated knife to carefully cot each layer horizontally to create four total cake layers (continue with directions below or see note for advance preparation)
Toasted Marshmallow Buttercream:
  1. Pre-heat oven to broil; line a cookie sheet with parchment paper and spray with nonstick cooking spray
  2. Put marshmallows on prepared cookie sheet and place on lower rack of oven for one to two minutes until nicely browned on top; remove pan and spray a set of tongs with cooking spray; use them to carefully flip marshmallows over onto other sides
  3. Broil marshmallows again for one to two minutes or until nicely browned on other side; remove from oven and set aside
  4. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with paddle attachment, beat butter and sugar on low speed just until combined; add marshmallow fluff and vanilla and mix on medium high speed until light and creamy (about three minutes); scrape sides of the bowl with spatula
  5. Add half of toasted marshmallows and mix on medium speed for thirty seconds; add remaining marshmallows and mix on medium speed two minutes (there will still be bits of crunch marshmallow but they should be mostly combined)
Milk Chocolate Buttercream:
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat the butter on medium-high speed until very light and creamy
  2. Add half of sugar and mix on low speed for one minute; add remaining sugar and mix again on low speed
  3. Beat on medium high speed until light and fluffy; reduce speed to low and slowly add milk, vanilla, and cinnamon; scrape the sides of the bowl and mix on low again and slowly add the melted chocolate
  4. Increase speed to medium-high and beat for 2-3 minutes or until frosting is creamy and light
To put cake together:
  1. Place one layer of cake on serving plate; top with half of toasted marshmallow buttercream and spread evenly to cover cake layer; top with second layer of cake and spread ⅔ cup milk chocolate frosting over that layer
  2. Place third layer of cake down and spread remaining marshmallow frosting over that; place fourth cake layer on top and frost entire cake with remaining milk chocolate frosting
Notes
For advance preparation, wrap cooled cake layers well with seran and store at room temperature overnight or for one month in freezer
Make sure milk chocolate has cooled for 30 minutes before making chocolate frosting
Frostings best made right before building cake
Store cake in refrigerator and bring to room temperature before serving; best best enjoyed same day
Graham cracker cake slightly adapted from Food and Wine
Toasted marshmallow frosting from Sweetapolita
Milk chocolate buttercream adapted from chile chocolate buttercream

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Graham Cracker Cookies with Toasted Pumpkin Marshmallow Filling

Graham Cracker Cookies with Toasted Pumpkin Marshmallow Filling

Peanut Butter S’mores Parfaits

Peanut Butter S’mores Parfaits

Hot Cocoa Cookies

Hot Cocoa Cookies

Red Velvet Blondies

Chewy red velvet blondies with white chocolate chips are a perfect Valentine’s Day treat! They are chewy, fudgy and delicious.

*This post is sponsored by T-Sugars. All thoughts and opinions are my own.*

Ultra chewy and fudgy RED VELVET blondies make the best Valentine's Day treat!!

Chewy, gooey, red velvety perfection. If you are looking for an easy but ultra delicious recipe to celebrate Valentine’s Day, this is for you. Thanks to being spiked with cocoa powder and red food coloring, I’ve turned your traditional blonde hued dessert into a festive holiday treat.

Crazy good red velvet blondies (from the blondie expert!)

You might argue that this is no longer a blondie based on its shade, but I beg to differ. That important base of butter and brown sugar is intact. In fact, I used T-Sugars’ Belgium Cassonade Sugar in this recipe and thanks to its ultra soft texture and caramelized flavor, the blondie feel and flavor is not only there, but actually prominent in a very good way. Chewy but crackly, Sweet but flavorful. And while there is cocoa powder in the recipe, the hint of chocolate is like a treat to the palate, not an overbearing forethought.

My friends were obsessed with these red velvet blondies!

The blondies have been filled with white chocolate chips which add a nice texture and sweetness to the mix. And that powdered sugar dusting? It’s a special touch for appearance made easy with the Icing Sugar Mill I received in my T-Sugars package. Gourmet finely powdered sugar without the massive mess? Yes!

We all went crazy over these red velvet blondies!

Wondering what’s so special about T-Sugars? The company specializes in gourmet high-quality sugars and while traditional brown sugar can be used in this recipe, I found that the T-Sugars’ Belgian Cassonade Sugar resulted in a stronger caramel flavor and better chewy texture in this blondie. It wasn’t even a contest.

Red Velvet Blondies have my heart!

Red Velvet Blondies
 
Chewy red velvet blondies with white chocolate chips are a perfect Valentine’s Day treat! They are chewy, fudgy and delicious.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 servings
Ingredients
  • 350 grams (~1½ cups firmly packed) T-Sugars' Cassonade Sugar (gourmet brown sugar)
  • 113 grams (1/2 cup) unsalted butter
  • 130g (1 cup) all-purpose flour
  • 20g (¼ cup) unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 5 grams (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 21/2 grams (1/2 teaspoon) baking powder
  • 110 grams (2 large) whole eggs
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) red food coloring
  • 170 grams (1 cup) white chocolate chips
  • T-Sugars' Icing Sugar
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Line a 9×9 pan with parchment paper; set aside
  3. In a medium saucepan, heat Cassonade Sugar and butter over medium heat and stir constantly until melted into a thick golden brown mixture; set aside
  4. Whisk flour, cocoa powder, salt and baking powder in a medium bowl; set aside
  5. In a large bowl, whisk eggs vanilla, and red food coloring until combined
  6. Whisk in brown sugar butter mixture
  7. Slowly whisk in flour mixture just until combined
  8. Stir in chips
  9. Pour batter into prepared pan and bake for 30-34 minutes or until top begins to crack and a knife or toothpick comes out clean
  10. Allow to cool; sprinkle with Icing Sugar before serving

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Red Velvet Cupcakes with Blueberry Cream Cheese Icing

Red Velvet Cupcakes with Blueberry Cream Cheese Icing

Red Velvet Cookies with White Chocolate Buttercream

Red Velvet Cookies with White Chocolate Buttercream

Fudgy Brownies with Fluffy Vanilla Buttercream

Super thick and fudgy brownies covered in bakery-style vanilla frosting. A great alternative to cake for a celebration.

The fudgiest brownies of all time (better than any bakery!) with a super fluffy vanilla frosting

I’ve talked in the past about how, as a kid, I never wanted traditional birthday cake. For years my first choice dessert was a Baskin-Robbins’ ice cream pie followed by brownies as a close second. Cookie cake didn’t fall too far behind. My poor buttercream-loving mother is probably hanging her head remembering those days.

Best EVER brownies with fluffy vanilla frosting

I’ve since come around and love birthday cake, but all of those other desserts still hold a special place in my sweets-loving heart.

Of course the brownies I remember were just brownies. Fudgy? Yes. Delicious? Yes? But frosting, definitely not. I really was missing out as a child. This fluffy buttercream isn’t necessary but man oh man does it add something special to the brownies. It’s creamy and light and makes the thick fudgy brownie extra indulgent. Brownies never looked so good for a birthday before!

Not celebrating any birthdays any time soon? Make them for Super Bowl. Your football-loving friends will love you too!

These brownies were BEYOND!!! Look how thick and fudgy!!

5.0 from 2 reviews
Fudgy Brownies with Fluffy Vanilla Buttercream
 
Super thick and fudgy brownies covered in bakery-style vanilla frosting. A great alternative to cake for a celebration.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 30
Ingredients
Brownies:
  • 256g unsweetened chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 340g (1½ cups / 3 sticks) unsalted butter
  • 415g (~2 cups) granulated sugar
  • 400g (~1¾ cups, packed) light brown sugar
  • 275g (~5 large) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • 89 milliliters (6 tablespoon) strong brewed espresso (4 grams (1½ tablespoons) espresso + 89 milliliters (6 tablespoons) water))
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) vanilla extract
  • 290g (~2 cups + 2 tablespoons) all-purpose flour
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
Vanilla Buttercream
  • 280g (19½ tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 300g (1⅞ cups) powdered sugar
  • 33 milliliters (2¼ tablespoons) milk, any type
  • 11 milliliters (2 teaspoons) vanilla extract
  • 1g (1/8) teaspoon salt
Instructions
For the Brownies:
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees;
  2. Line a 9x13 baking pan with parchment paper; set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour and salt; set aside
  4. Melt butter and chocolate in large pot over low to medium heat; remove when melted
  5. Stir in sugar until combined; stir in eggs, espresso and vanilla until smooth
  6. Whisk in flour mixture just until combined; do not overmix
  7. Pour batter into prepared baking dish and bake 40-45 minutes or until a knife comes out clean
  8. Set brownies aside to cool completely before removing from pan prepare frosting
For the Buttercream:
  1. In the bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat butter on medium speed for eight minutes or until pale and creamy
  2. Add half of powdered sugar, mix on low for 30 seconds
  3. Add remaining powdered sugar, milk, vanilla and salt; mix on low for one minute and then increase speed to medium and beat for six minutes or until very light and fluffy
  4. Use a flat metal spatula to frost the brownies
Notes
Buttercream recipe source: Sweetapolita
Brownies can be baked ahead of time (store well-wrapped in freezer up to one month or at room temperature up to three days); frost day of serving for best results

 

Brownies w Vanilla Buttercream <---new obsession!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Fudgy Mocha Chip Brownies with Espresso Sea Salt

Fudgy Mocha Chip Brownies with Espresso Sea Salt

Fudgy Double Creme de Menthe Brownies

Fudgy Double Creme de Menthe Brownies

Oreo Cream Cheese Brownies

Oreo Cream Cheese Brownies!

 

Vanilla M&M Shortbread Cookies

Vanilla bean shortbread cookies are even better when there are M&Ms in them! These shortbread cookies are easy to make and delicious to eat. Use pretty pink M&Ms for a Valentine’s Day treat!

Vanilla bean shortbread cookies are even better when there are M&Ms in them!

I love that there are plenty of excuses to bake around Valentine’s Day. Kid’s class parties, sweet treats for friends, and of course something special just for two. I’ve been spreading the love to some neighbors, doormen and even real estate brokers. And you know what, I don’t hear any complaining;-)

These shortbread cookies are easy to make and delicious to eat. Use pretty pink M&Ms for a Valentine’s Day treat!

These cookies are fairly easy to make and appear so simple (while pretty), but I assure you they are anything but boring. The vanilla bean paste adds an extra special flavor element to the buttery shortbread cookie and then of course, there are M&Ms. I don’t know what it is about an M&M cookie that is so appealing but they never, ever disappoint. Make these to spread some Valentine’s Day love in your world.

MM Cookies for your Valentine

5.0 from 1 reviews
Vanilla M&M Shortbread Cookies
 
Vanilla bean shortbread cookies are even better when there are M&Ms in them! These shortbread cookies are easy to make and delicious to eat. Use pretty pink M&Ms for a Valentine’s Day treat!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 3 dozen cookies
Ingredients
  • 227g (1 cup) unsalted butter, softened
  • 150g (~3/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 120g (3/4 cup) powdered sugar, sifted
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) pure vanilla extract
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla bean paste (or replace with additional teaspoon of vanilla extract)
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 265g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour, sifted
  • 320g (1⅓ cups) M&MS
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Line baking sheets with parchment paper or slipat; set aside
  3. Cream butter and sugars until light and fluffy
  4. Add vanilla extract, vanilla bean paste and salt and beat until well combined
  5. Stir in flour; stir in M&Ms
  6. Scoop dough with a medium cookie dough scoop (~2 tablespoons each) onto prepared cookie sheets about 2 inches apart
  7. Bake for 13-15 minutes or until very light brown around the edges (bake for less time if looking for a slightly chewier cookie)
  8. Allow cookies to cool on cooling rack
  9. Store cookies in an airtight container at room temperature up to one week or in the freezer for up to two months

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Mini M&M Cookies

Mini M&M Cookies

Mega M&M Cookies

Mega M&M Cookies

Salted Brown Butter M&M Cookies

Salted Brown Butter M&M Cookies

Vanilla M&M Shortbread Cookies

Vanilla bean shortbread cookies are even better when there are M&Ms in them! These shortbread cookies are easy to make and delicious to eat. Use pretty pink M&Ms for a Valentine’s Day treat!

Vanilla bean shortbread cookies are even better when there are M&Ms in them!

I love that there are plenty of excuses to bake around Valentine’s Day. Kid’s class parties, sweet treats for friends, and of course something special just for two. I’ve been spreading the love to some neighbors, doormen and even real estate brokers. And you know what, I don’t hear any complaining;-)

These shortbread cookies are easy to make and delicious to eat. Use pretty pink M&Ms for a Valentine’s Day treat!

These cookies are fairly easy to make and appear so simple (while pretty), but I assure you they are anything but boring. The vanilla bean paste adds an extra special flavor element to the buttery shortbread cookie and then of course, there are M&Ms. I don’t know what it is about an M&M cookie that is so appealing but they never, ever disappoint. Make these to spread some Valentine’s Day love in your world.

MM Cookies for your Valentine

Vanilla M&M Shortbread Cookies
 
Vanilla bean shortbread cookies are even better when there are M&Ms in them! These shortbread cookies are easy to make and delicious to eat. Use pretty pink M&Ms for a Valentine’s Day treat!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 3 dozen cookies
Ingredients
  • 227g (1 cup) unsalted butter, softened
  • 150g (~3/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 120g (3/4 cup) powdered sugar, sifted
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) pure vanilla extract
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla bean paste (or replace with additional teaspoon of vanilla extract)
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 265g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour, sifted
  • 320g (1⅓ cups) M&MS
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Line baking sheets with parchment paper or slipat; set aside
  3. Cream butter and sugars until light and fluffy
  4. Add vanilla extract, vanilla bean paste and salt and beat until well combined
  5. Stir in flour; stir in M&Ms
  6. Scoop dough with a medium cookie dough scoop (~2 tablespoons each) onto prepared cookie sheets about 2 inches apart
  7. Bake for 13-15 minutes or until very light brown around the edges (bake for less time if looking for a slightly chewier cookie)
  8. Allow cookies to cool on cooling rack
  9. Store cookies in an airtight container at room temperature up to one week or in the freezer for up to two months

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Mini M&M Cookies

Mini M&M Cookies

Mega M&M Cookies

Mega M&M Cookies

Salted Brown Butter M&M Cookies

Salted Brown Butter M&M Cookies

Peanut Butter Cup Football Cookie Cake

Peanut butter cup cookie cake shaped and decorated like a football for Super Bowl!

Best cookie cake ever!

While you should be excited about making a fun football-themed treat for Super Bowl, you should be really, really excited about how good this cookie cake is. I warned you about the peanut butter treats this month and this cookie cake packs a serious peanut butter punch. The cookie dough bakes up so that the cookie cake is chewy and fudgy (can something be fudgy if it isn’t chocolate based?). Bonus points for chunks of peanut butter cups in every bite. You probably won’t care so much about who wins the game because this dessert is clearly winning.

How to make a football cake for super bowl!

5.0 from 1 reviews
Peanut Butter Cup Football Cookie Cake
 
Peanut butter cup cookie cake shaped and decorated like a football for Super Bowl!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12-16 servings
Ingredients
Peanut Butter Cup Cookie Cake:
  • 130g (~1 cup) all-purpose flour
  • 12g (1 ½ teaspoons) baking soda
  • 113g (½ cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 258g (1 cup) creamy peanut butter (not all natural)
  • 160g (~¾ cup) granulated sugar
  • 117g (~1/2 cup) packed light brown sugar
  • 100g (2 large) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) pure vanilla extract
  • 290g (1 3/5 cup) chopped peanut butter cups
Milk Chocolate Glaze
  • 120g (3/4 cup) milk chic chips
  • 43g (3 tablespoons) unsalted butter
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) corn syrup
  • 2 milliliters (1/2 teaspoon) pure vanilla extract
For decorating:
  • 20g (3 tablespoons) white chocolate chips
Instructions
Make the cookie cake:
  1. Pre-heat the oven to 350 degrees ; put square piece of parchment paper on bottom of an 11-inch tart pan (corners should slightly overlap edges of pan) and set aside
  2. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour and baking soda, set aside
  3. Using a mixer, in a large bowl beat peanut butter, butter and sugars on high until light and fluffy
  4. Beat in the eggs and vanilla until combined; reduce speed to low and stir in flour mixture just until combined; stir in peanut butter cups
  5. Evenly press cookie dough into tart pan; bake 18-20 minutes until edges are brown and a toothpick comes out clean from center
  6. Allow to cool completely (about three hours) and then carefully remove from pan by sliding onto a cutting board with parchment paper still on bottom
  7. Cut a two inch strip out from center of cookie cake (each slice should be 4 ½ inches from edge of cookie cake); carefully place two outside pieces of cookie cake on a large serving plate; push them together so that cut edges are touching and cookie is now shaped like a football
Make glaze
  1. Combine chocolate, butter and corn syrup in a small pot over low-medium heat whisking constantly until melted and smoothie; remove from heat and stir in vanilla
  2. Pour glaze carefully over cookie cake so that all surface except for edges is covered
  3. Allow to cool for 15 minutes
  4. Decorate with white chocolate chips for football appearance
Notes
Cover carefully with seran wrap and store at room temperature; best enjoyed within two days
Cookie cake can be frozen without decorations; wrap well with tin foil and freeze up to one month

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Brown Butter Chocolate Chunk Cookie Cake

Brown Butter Chocolate Chunk Cookie Cake

Black and White Cookie Cake

Black and White Cookie Cake

Thin Mint Cookie Cake

Thin Mint Cookie Cake

Valentine’s Day Brownie Pops

Fudgy delicious brownie pops made from scratch! These heart-shaped treats are perfect for Valentine’s Day!

Brownie pops from scratch! Cute hearts are so easy to make, too!

I was in the mood to make something pretty, fun and ultra delicious for Valentine’s Day this year. And while I love cake pops, the idea of brownie pops came to mind for a change. So instead of making a cake AND buttercream I made the ultimate fudgy brownies and turned them into pops. The texture of the brownies is actually perfect for molding (they are that fudgy) so no frosting needed! Plus, dipping the pops in chocolate really seals in the moisture. It makes them ideal for when you need to make a treat ahead of time. Class parties, Valentine’s Day soirees, or even bridal showers would be perfect excuses for these pretty heart-shaped pops.

Unbelievable brownie pops for Valentine's Day! NO cake mix;-)

When I started making them, I actually made balls at first. And then in a moment of déjà vu, I remembered that my mom and I had made hundreds of heart-shaped cake pops a few years ago for an Anthropologie event. And what do you know, making a ball shape into a heart is actually super easy. You just have to pinch the bottom, press a thumb into the top and voila. Something extra festive for a love-themed occasion.

The Fudgiest ever brownie pops! All from scratch from Valentine's Day

And a little confession so you know just how much we loved these. The recipe makes about 50 heart-shaped brownie pops and I only shared a few of them. Maybe a dozen at most? I just couldn’t bring myself to give any more away. Oops.

5.0 from 1 reviews
Valentine's Day Brownie Pops
 
Fudgy delicious brownie pops made from scratch! These heart-shaped treats are perfect for Valentine’s Day!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 4 dozen pops (easily doubles)
Ingredients
  • ½ pan of The Ultimate Fudgy Brownies, cooled
  • 4-dozen 6-inch lollipop sticks
  • 600g semi-sweet chocolate, roughly chopped or in disks
  • ½ - 1 cup colored sprinkles
Instructions
  1. Line a baking sheet with wax paper and set aside
  2. Cut sharp edges and corners off of brownies; break remaining brownie into pieces and place in a large bowl; mush together into a fudgy consistency
  3. Use a small cookie dough scoop or large spoon to scoop balls (about 1 tablespoon each) of dough onto wax paper
  4. Use your hands to roll the scoops into balls
  5. Cover with another sheet of wax paper and place in freezer for at least two hours
  6. Prepare another baking sheet with wax paper for finished pops, alternatively, have a large piece of styrofoam available for drying brownie pops
  7. Once balls are frozen, you can make the pops
  8. Put chocolate in a heat-safe bowl and place in over a pot of simmering water; stir chocolate constantly until melted (you can also melt in the microwave)
  9. Remove balls from freezer; dip the top of each lollipop stick about ¼ of an inch into the melted chocolate and immediately press into brownie ball two thirds of the way through
  10. (Optional) To make hearts: Pinch the bottom of each ball together with your fingers to form a rounded upside down triangle. Then, press your thumb into the top of the pop to create a dip for the top of the heart. Smooth out any imperfections by carefully using your fingers to mold the shape. Chill pops in freezer for an additional 15- 30 minutes or until firm again
  11. Once complete, dip each pop, one at a time, into melted chocolate; lightly tap off excess chocolate and place cake pop on wax paper or stick into styrofoam; decorate with sprinkles immediately before chocolate hardens
  12. Repeat until all pops are dipped and decorated
  13. Allow to cool and for chocolate to harden before serving
Notes
Brownie can be made one day before making pops; just make sure it is wrapped tightly with seran or tin foil (can also freeze well-wrapped up to one month)
Cake pops can be made up to one week in advance of serving

5.0 from 1 reviews
Valentine's Day Brownie Pops
 
The fudgiest brownies ever.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: One 9x13 pan of brownies
Ingredients
  • 256g unsweetened chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 340g (1½ cups / 3 sticks) unsalted butter
  • 415g (~2 cups) granulated sugar
  • 400g (~1¾ cups, packed) light brown sugar
  • 275g (~5 large) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • 89 milliliters (6 tablespoon) strong brewed espresso (4 grams (1½ tablespoons) espresso + 89 milliliters (6 tablespoons) water))
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) vanilla extract
  • 290g (~2 cups + 2 tablespoons) all-purpose flour
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees;
  2. Line a 9x13 baking pan with parchment paper; set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour and salt; set aside
  4. Melt butter and chocolate in large pot over low to medium heat; remove when melted
  5. Stir in sugar until combined; stir in eggs, espresso and vanilla until smooth
  6. Whisk in flour mixture just until combined; do not overmix
  7. Pour batter into prepared baking dish and bake 40-45 minutes or until a knife comes out clean
  8. Set brownies aside to cool completely before using

 

adorable heart-shaped brownie pops! would also be great for a bridal shower!!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Pink Champagne Cake Pops

Pink-Champagne-Cake-Pops-12_thumb.jpg

Mini Chip Brownie Bites with Pink Marshmallow Buttercream

Mini Chip Brownie Bites with Pink Marshmallow Buttercream

Hot Cocoa Cookies

Hot Cocoa Cookies

Peanut Butter Snickers Brown Butter Cookies

Brown butter, peanut butter AND snickers all in one seriously good cookie!

Brown butter, peanut butter AND snickers all in one seriously good cookie!

As it turns out I have lots of peanut butter recipes coming this month. So, if your resolution was to eat more peanut butter (perfectly reasonable), I’ve got you covered! Alternatively, if you are watching your sweets consumption, I promise that all of the desserts I’m posting this month are absolutely worth every.single.calorie.

Worth-it desserts. My motto, always!

Brown butter, peanut butter AND snickers - these cookies are amazing!

And to make sure these cookies are absolutely worthy of your indulging, I had to test a few batches to make sure that you can really taste all of the important components. What’s the point of having brown butter and peanut butter if you can’t taste both? Lucky for you, I did the hard part.

(And actually, I’m still making my way through some of the earlier versions because while they weren’t perfect, they still taste quite good. No cookie waste around here!)

 Peanut Butter Snickers Brown Butter Cookies OMG

As you can see from these photos, the Peanut Butter Snickers Brown Butter Cookies are completely loaded with good stuff. The caramel from the snickers oozes in almost every bite. The dough itself is a little dense, chewy and also crisps around the edges. And the flavor? I can’t emphasize enough how well the peanut butter and brown butter really come through. There is just enough of each and they somehow share the spotlight very well. My friends who sampled these cookies couldn’t say enough about how good they were.

Brown Butter Peanut Butter Snickers Cookies yesssss

5.0 from 1 reviews
Peanut Butter Snickers Brown Butter Cookies
 
Brown butter, peanut butter AND snickers all in one seriously good cookie!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 30 large cookies
Ingredients
  • 113g (1/2 cup) unsalted butter, softened
  • 170g (2/3 cup) creamy peanut butter (do not use all natural)
  • 255g (~1 cups packed) light brown sugar
  • 165g (~3/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 110g (2 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) pure vanilla extract
  • 400g (~3 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 300g (~2½ cups) chopped Snickers
  • Optional, but recommended: flaky sea salt
Instructions
  1. Brown the butter: Heat butter in a small heavy saucepan over medium heat, stirring constantly, when butter turns to an amber/light brown color, remove from heat immediately (You should be able to smell the deeper more caramel flavor of the butter) pour browned butter immediately into a small bowl and place in fridge to cool for fifteen minutes
  2. Once butter has cooled, place in the large bowl of an electric mixer with peanut butter and sugars; beat on medium-high speed until well combined (will be the texture of wet sand)
  3. Add egg and vanilla, mix on medium-high speed until well combined
  4. In a separate medium-sized bowl, whisk together flour, baking soda and salt; slowly add to wet ingredients with mixer on low speed; do not over mix
  5. Slowly stir in snickers
  6. Chill dough for 24 hours for best results (minimum of 2 hours) before baking
  7. When ready to bake, pre-heat oven to 325 degrees; line baking sheets with parchment paper and set aside
  8. Scoop cookie dough with large cookie dough scoop (~3 tablespoons) on to prepared baking sheets (note it is normal for cookie dough to be very hard, you can let it rest at room temperature for a few minutes prior to scooping); if dough is crumbly, make sure to tightly pack the scoops before baking
  9. Top scoops of cookie dough with flaky sea salt
  10. Bake cookies ~15 minutes or until firm and edges are golden brown
  11. Allow to cool before serving; best enjoyed within four days or frozen up to two months
Notes
Cookie dough requires at least two hours of chilling for best results

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

This post contains affiliate links.

You might also like:

Salted Brown Butter M&M Cookies

Salted Brown Butter M&M Cookies

Brown Butter Chocolate Chunk Cookie Cake

Brown Butter Chocolate Chunk Cookie Cake

Peanut Butter Cup Heath Bar Brown Butter Cookies

Peanut Butter Cup Heath Bar Brown Butter Cookies

Lemon Truffles

No-bake white chocolate lemon truffles are a refreshing change of pace for the holidays. Make this sparkly treat for your New Year’s Eve festivities!

Lemon White Chocolate Truffles for the holidays!

Sometimes you just want to make something that tastes good and is extra pretty.

These lemon truffles are such a gorgeous little treat that you can’t help but ooooh and aaaaah over. They sparkle on the outside while the inside showcases an ultra creamy filling. The essence of lemon is present but not lip-puckeringly so and balances perfectly with the sweet white chocolate.

Lemon truffles are so pretty and sparkly for new year's eve!

The truffles do require some lead time because you want to make sure there is plenty of time for chilling. Otherwise, you will end up with a bit of a sticky mess. It’s worth it, though. You can display them in a fancy candy dish and most people would assume that they were the result of a high-end candy shop purchase. They are gorgeous and festive which lends them quite well to a New Year’s Eve celebration. And thinking way ahead, keep them in mind for special Valentine’s Day gifts.

 These are the best lemon truffles! So creamy and amazing.

Lemon Truffles
 
No-bake white chocolate lemon truffles are a refreshing change of pace for the holidays. Make this sparkly treat for your New Year’s Eve festivities!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 20 truffles
Ingredients
  • 79 milliliters (1/3 cup) heavy whipping cream
  • 1g lemon zest (~1 lemon)
  • 142g chopped white chocolate
  • 57g (4 tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) lemon juice (~1/3 lemon)
  • ½ cup shimmering sprinkles
Instructions
  1. Combine heavy whipping cream and lemon zest in a small heavy-duty saucepan; heat over low-medium heat
  2. Bring to a light rolling boil then remove from heat; immediately pour through a mesh strainer over chocolate and whisk until smooth
  3. Whisk mixture until chocolate is completely melted; whisk in butter and lemon juice until smooth
  4. Chill mixture in refrigerator for at least two hours or overnight
  5. Once firm, use a small or cookie dough scoop to form small ball-shaped truffles; they will be slightly soft and sticky; freeze for fifteen minutes to set
  6. Once set, roll truffles in topping and store in an airtight container in refrigerator until ready to eat
  7. Bring to room temperature before serving
Notes
Adapted from these white chocolate truffles

 

Lemon Truffles are my new favorite thing!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

No Churn Lemon Ice Cream

No Churn Lemon Ice Cream

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits

Mini Lemon Cupcakes

Mini Lemon Cupcakes

Ginger Pecan Candy Crack

Crazy addicting Christmas candy in a very good way. This  sweet and salty “crack” is made with toasted pecans, ginger spiced caramel and dark chocolate.

The best candy to make for Christmas! Easy, delicious and super addicting

Last week my sister and fiancé had us over for a fun weeknight Chanukah dinner. Jess and Quoc made a delicious dinner that included perfectly crispy latkes, salmon with dill yogurt sauce and salad with roasted squash. Just ask L, he hijacked most of my salmon and ate his weight in latkes. Chanukah success! I brought a green vegetable along with some cookies (my sister thought these tasted like a chai latte).

There were also “cookies” there, though, that tasted like some sort of ginger toffee caramel hybrid.  I had one bite and then couldn’t stop going back for more. The sweet and salty flavor combination with the added ginger spice was addicting. And to torture treat myself, I made my own interpretation to share with you.

This crunchy, sweet and salty candy treat is currently calling to me from a tupperware inside my fridge. I made a big batch and take a couple of bites worth almost every time I open the door. I just can’t help myself! What I love about this treat is that it differs from the other “crack” recipes out there by having an added spice and a hefty dose of toasted pecans. Oh, and don’t let the term “candy” fool you. There are no candy thermometers used in this recipe and it’s actually pretty straightforward. The ease of making it is either really great or really dangerous, You decide.

Newest obsession: Ginger Pecan Candy Crack

Ginger Pecan Candy Crack
 
Crazy addicting Christmas candy in a very good way. This sweet and salty “crack” is made with toasted pecans, ginger spiced caramel and dark chocolate.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~5 cups
Ingredients
  • 340g (3 cups) pecans
  • 227 grams (1 cup / 2 sticks) unsalted butter
  • 230 grams (1 cup packed) light brown sugar
  • 2½g (1/2 teaspoon) table salt
  • 1g (1 teaspoon) ground ginger
  • ½g (1/4 teaspoon) ground nutmeg
  • 2 milliliters (1/2 teaspoon) pure vanilla extract
  • 255 grams (1½ cups) semi-sweet chocolate chips
  • flaky sea salt to taste (I used about ¾ teaspoon)
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Line a 9x13 baking pan with parchment paper
  3. Top parchment paper with pecans and toast in oven for 8 minutes or until fragrant; set aside
  4. In a large heavy-duty saucepan, melt the butter and brown sugar together, stirring over medium heat until it begins to boil; once it has begun boiling, let it bubble for three more minutes; it will thicken a bit as it cooks
  5. Remove from the heat and add the table salt, ginger, nutmeg and vanilla, and then quickly pour it over the pecans
  6. Bake the for 12-15 minutes or until all of the caramel topping is lightly bubbling (watch carefully at end of cooking to make sure it doesn’t burn burn; if it appears to be browning too much, reduce oven temperature to 325 degrees)
  7. Remove from oven and immediately cover with chocolate chips; let stand five minutes, and then carefully spread them evenly across the caramel and sprinkle with flaky sea salt
  8. Chill in refrigerator for about two hours or until firm; break into pieces by hand
  9. Store it in an air-tight container in refrigerator or cool space for best results
  10. Enjoy within one week

 

Ginger Pecan Candy Crack is going on ALL my holiday cookie trays!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Banana Pecan Bourbon Flapjacks

Banana Pecan Bourbon Flapjacks

Brown Sugar Cupcakes with Cinnamon Ginger Buttercream and Ginger Cookie Pecan Brittle

Brown Sugar Cupcakes with Cinnamon Ginger Buttercream & Ginger Cookie Pecan Brittle

Brown Butter Chocolate Pecan Blondies

Brown Butter Chocolate Pecan Blondies

Gingerbread Loaf with Caramelized White Chocolate Ganache

This Christmas dessert is a lightened up gingerbread loaf topped with an indulgent caramelized white chocolate ganache.

Perfect Christmas Treat! Gingerbread Loaf with Caramelized White Chocolate Ganache

Something very major happened this weekend.

I had an entire day (over six hours straight!) to myself. If you are wondering why this is such a big deal I must tell you, this is the longest period of time I’ve had to do whatever I wanted since before L (almost 14 months old) was born. Seriously, it was blissful. I went to the gym, got a pedicure, painted my finger nails (who has the patience to sit at a nail salon for both?) and got a little work done. In fact, I am really proud of myself for not working the whole time.

After a full year plus of breastfeeding, it’s weird to be able to just be able to be away from L. I got so used to working everything around his feeding schedule that I forgot how to live otherwise. Freedom!

And let’s be honest, I still spent twenty minutes of my me time watching L videos. I couldn’t help myself.

New favorite Christmas dessert! gingerbread with caramelized (!!!) white chocolate gnache

I did put together this post in the final hour of my alone time so that it would be ready to publish and kick off the week. It’s a little Christmas treat that I am excited about because it you can convince yourself that it is brunch food or dessert food. The gingerbread loaf itself is sort of healthy. Some whole wheat flour snuck into the batter and I even replaced some of the butter with applesauce. As a result, it pairs perfectly with the caramelized white chocolate ganache. Together you get a wonderful sweet and spiced bite. It’s not too much sweet for a holiday brunch but it’s indulgent enough to end your Christmas dinner.

We are all now obsessed with this caramelized white chocolate ganache!

The gingerbread loaf is easy to make, it’s a basic quick-bread. The caramelized white chocolate ganache isn’t hard, but it does require a little extra attention. Caramelized white chocolate might just be one of my favorite dessert surprises (and seriously, I dislike white chocolate very much). It’s flavor is so much more complex than you might expect. It’s definitely worth the little bit of time it takes to get the white chocolate just right. Once it’s done caramelizing, you just mix it with some boiled heavy cream and pour it over your loaf! Your family and holiday guests will love this treat.

Afternoon Christmas treat!

Gingerbread Loaf with Caramelized White Chocolate Ganache
 
This Christmas dessert is a lightened up gingerbread loaf topped with an indulgent caramelized white chocolate ganache.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 8-10 servings
Ingredients
Gingerbread Loaf
  • · 135g (~1 cup) all-purpose flour
  • · 155g (~1 cup) white whole wheat flour
  • · 5g (1 teaspoon) baking soda
  • · 1½g (1½ teaspoons) ginger
  • · 1½g (¾ teaspoon) nutmeg
  • · 2½g (½ teaspoon) salt
  • 57]g (4 tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • · 175g (2/3 cup) unsweetened applesauce
  • · 50g (¼ cup) granulated sugar
  • · 30g (2 tablespoons, packed) light brown sugar
  • · 80 milliliters] (1/3 cup) molasses (original unsulphered)
  • · 110g (2 large) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • · 7 milliliters (1 ½) teaspoons vanilla
  • 237 milliliters·(1 cup) buttermilk
Ganache
  • 140g good quality white chocolate, roughly chopped (make sure to use real white chocolate, white chocolate chips will not work as well)
  • 2½g (1/2 teaspoon) sea salt
  • 45 milliliters (3 tablespoons) heavy cream
Instructions
Gingerbread Loaf
  1. Pr-heat oven to 350 degrees; grease a 9x5 inch loaf pan with butter or non-stick cooking spray and set aside (you can also line the pan with parchment paper for easy removal)
  2. In a medium bowl, whisk together flours, baking soda, ginger, nutmeg and salt; set aside
  3. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with paddle attachment, mix together butter, applesauce and sugars on low-medium speed until well combined
  4. Mix in molasses on medium speed until combined; mix in eggs and vanilla
  5. Add half of the dry ingredients and mix on low speed just until combined; slowly add buttermilk while mixer is on low speed; add remaining dry ingredients and mix just until combined; do not overmix
  6. Pour batter into prepared pan and bake for 50-55 minutes or until a knife comes out clean from center, do not overbake; allow to cool for ten minutes before running a knife along the edges and removing from pan
  7. While loaf is cooling, make ganache
  8. Make caramelized white chocolate
Ganache
  1. Pre-heat oven to 250 degrees and place wrack in center of oven
  2. Spread white chocolate evenly over a clean rimmed baking sheet
  3. Put in oven for ten minutes; remove pan and use a rubber spatula to stir and spread white chocolate
  4. Place in oven again and repeat for additional fifteen to twenty (stirring every five to ten minutes) minutes or until white chocolate begins to darken into a light brown
  5. I recommend reducing the increments to five minutes towards the end of caramelizing to prevent burning
  6. When caramelized white chocolate is done, place in a heat-safe bowl and stir in sea salt
  7. In a small sauce pan, place cream over medium-high heat and bring to a rolling boil (do not stir); immediately pour over white chocolate
  8. Allow cream and chocolate to sit for one minute then whisk vigorously until smooth
  9. Drizzle ganache over loaf and serve
  10. Best enjoyed that day
  11. Make ahead tips: Bake gingerbread loaf and wrap well in seran wrap; store at room temperature for one day before making ganache or in freezer up to one month
Notes

 

Gingerbread Loaf with CARAMELIZED white chocolate ganache!

This post contains affiliate links.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Gingersnap Cookies with Lemon Cream Cheese Icing

Gingersnap Cookie Sandwiches with Lemon Cream Cheese Icing

Gingersnap Peach Crumble Ice Cream

Gingersnap Peach Crumble Ice Cream

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies

 

Peppermint Chocolate Pavlova Parfaits

Holiday parfaits layered with peppermint whipped cream, fluffy meringue and shaved chocolate.

Peppermint Chocolate Pavlova Parfaits for Christmas dessert!

I’m having a bit of a moment with pavlovas. Something seemingly simple can be playful and surprising when you translate it into a new and different flavor combination. Over the summer we enjoyed a refreshing lemon berry combo then warmed up in the fall with cinnamon and caramelized apples. Now we are turning towards Christmas with peppermint and chocolate.

Peppermint Chocolate Pavlova Parfaits <- our friends loved these!

I’m going to be honest and tell you that my main motivation for a new pavlova recipe was the extra meringue stored in my freezer. Since I’d bagged it up and then packed a million more things in there it was somewhat crumbled so I decided to make another pavlova parfait. It’s actually the perfect dessert for serving at a dinner party because you can make pretty individual servings for everyone to enjoy. On top of that, it’s naturally gluten-free so if you have a crowd, you don’t have to worry about some dietary constraints. Dessert storage win!

This dessert was a huge hit with my friends who didn’t even get the pretty servings. Theirs got compiled into a big tupperware for easy transporting. Besides, with peppermint whipped cream no one was overly concerned with how their dessert looked.

Peppermint Chocolate Pavlova Parfaits
 
Holiday parfaits layered with peppermint whipped cream, fluffy meringue and shaved chocolate.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 servings
Ingredients
  • 12 cocktail glasses or glass bowls
  • 1 pavlova broken into bite sized pieces (can substitute broken meringue cookies as well)
  • 591 milliliters (2 ½ cups) heavy whipping cream
  • 4 milliliters (3/4 teaspoon) peppermint extract
  • 80g (6 tablespoons) granulated sugar
  • 8g shaved dark chocolate
Instructions
  1. Prepare peppermint whipped cream; in the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream and peppermint extract at medium speed until foamy; increase speed to medium-high, and slowly add granulated sugar, beating until stiff peaks form
  2. Put about ¼ of a cup of whipped cream on the bottom of each glass; top each with about ½ tablespoon shaved chocolate; layer with ⅓ cup of broken pavlova in each glass;
  3. Dollop remaining whipped cream on top of each parfait along with additional shaved chocolate
  4. Serve immediately or chill in refrigerator until ready to enjoy
Notes
Make ahead tips:
Pavlova can be made and kept at room temperature up to two days or frozen up to one month (store in a ziplock bag carefully because it is delicate)
Parfaits best prepared and served on same day but can be enjoyed within three days

Chocolate Peppermint Pavlova Parfaits- they look so fancy but taste so good

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Chocolate Chunk Meringues

Chocolate Chunk Meringues

Double Dip Mints

Double Dip Mints

Peppermint Mocha Truffles

Peppermint Mocha Truffles

Chocolate Covered Oreos, Three Ways

Chocolate covered Oreos are the best homemade Christmas gift! The three different recipes for this easy no-bake treat are so much fun.

Chocolate covered Oreos make the most delicious gift!

Chocolate covered Oreos aren’t exactly a new thing. I’ve been making them for years and have seen them sold in many candy stores. Usually, though, they are plain milk or dark chocolate. After spotting a variety of flavors at Trader Joe’s (and yes, I know, they aren’t technically “Oreos”), and using lots of self-restraint not to buy the big tin, I decided to make my own. That way, I was able to pick my favorite flavor combinations and control what chocolate I use! Bonus, they make a great treat for gift giving and bringing to holiday parties.

For this post I made three variations of Chocolate Covered Oreos:

  • Milk chocolate with dark chocolate drizzle
  • Peppermint dark chocolate (perfect for Christmas!)
  • Milk chocolate peanut butter (peanut butter IN the chocolate AND topping!)

I finally know what everyon's getting for Christmas this year!

Even though I love baking holiday cookies, it’s nice to change it up once and a while with something that looks extra pretty and fancy (people are always impressed with chocolate dipped  anything). Plus, I can’t bring myself to give someone store-bought food gifts. Sidenote: I actually love when people buy me food gifts. Is that weird?

OMG PEANUT BUTTER chocolate covered Oreos!!!

5.0 from 2 reviews
Chocolate Covered Oreos
 
Milk chocolate covered sandwich cookies drizzled with dark chocolate.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 2 dozen
Ingredients
  • 500g [url:1]good quality milk chocolate[/hturl], in disks or roughly chopped
  • 10g (2 teaspoons) unsalted butter
  • 2 dozen chocolate sandwich cookies
  • 110g good quality dark chocolate, in disks or roughly chopped
Instructions
  1. Place milk chocolate and butter in a medium microwave-safe bowl; melt by microwaving in 30-second increments and stirring vigorously in-between; continue until melted and smooth
  2. Use two forks to dip cookies into melted chocolate
  3. Place dark chocolate in a small microwave-safe bowl; melt by microwaving in 30-second increments and stirring vigorously in-between; continue until melted and smooth
  4. Drizzle dark chocolate over cookies
  5. Chill in refrigerator for one hour or until ready to serve or package; best kept in a cool dry place but will stay nice longer in refrigerator

5.0 from 2 reviews
Peanut Butter Chocolate Covered Oreos
 
Chocolate sandwich cookies coated in a peanut butter milk chocolate shell and topped with peanut butter chips.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 2 dozen
Ingredients
  • 460g good quality milk chocolate, in disks or roughly chopped
  • 40g (2 tablespoons) creamy peanut butter (do not use natural)
  • 2 dozen chocolate sandwich cookies
  • 80g (1/2 cup) peanut butter chips, roughly chopped
Instructions
  1. Place milk chocolate and butter in a medium microwave-safe bowl; melt by microwaving in 30-second increments and stirring vigorously in-between; continue until melted and smooth
  2. Use two forks to dip cookies into melted chocolate; immediately sprinkle with peanut butter chips
  3. Chill in refrigerator for one hour or until ready to serve or package; best kept in a cool dry place but will stay nice longer in refrigerator

 
5.0 from 2 reviews
Peppermint Dark Chocolate Covered Oreos
 
Peppermint chocolate covered sandwich cookies are perfect for Christmas.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 2 dozen
Ingredients
Instructions
  1. Place dark chocolate and butter in a medium microwave-safe bowl; melt by microwaving in 30-second increments and stirring vigorously in-between; continue until melted and smooth; stir in peppermint extract
  2. Use two forks to dip cookies into melted chocolate; immediately sprinkle with peppermint baking pieces
  3. Chill in refrigerator for one hour or until ready to serve or package; best kept in a cool dry place but will stay nice longer in refrigerator

 

Everyone LOVES chocolate covered Oreos

Happy Hanukkah!!

This post contains affiliate links.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Chocolate Covered Peanut Butter Ritz Sandwiches

Chocolate Covered Peanut Butter Ritz Sandwiches

Peppermint Mocha Truffles

Peppermint Mocha Truffles

Cinnamon Cake with Chile Chocolate Buttercream

A light and airy cinnamon cake frosted with the fluffiest, creamiest chile chocolate buttercream.  Cinnamon Cake with Chile Chocolate Buttercream 

Here’s the thing. This post is all about the buttercream.

The buttercream, it is so stinking good. Can you see the little flecks of cayenne pepper hiding in there? Can you see how light, creamy and just spoonable it is? I wish I could pass the spatula full of frosting around to each and every one of you because this buttercream is on a different level. It’s spicy, but not really spicy. In fact, my mom noted that the spices actually enhance the chocolate flavor. You can tell there is a little something special in the frosting, but without having an explanation, you might not be able to pinpoint the combination of ancho chile powder, cinnamon and cayenne.

Best fluffiest buttercream ever!

The frosting was a perfect compliment to a cinnamon flavored cake. And while I do love cinnamon I can’t wait to make the frosting again and slather it all over my favorite chocolate cake. I actually went back and forth on posting this cake at all, because the texture of the cinnamon cake didn’t blow me out of the water. But like I said, the buttercream was phenomenal. So do yourself a favor and make the frosting immediately.

New favorite cake and obsessed with the frosting! 

Cinnamon Cake with Chile Chocolate Buttercream
 
A light and airy cinnamon cake frosted with the fluffiest, creamiest chile chocolate buttercream.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 servings
Ingredients
Chile Chocolate Buttercream:
  • 227g milk chocolate, melted and cooled for 30 minutes
  • 450g (2 cups) unsalted butter, softened
  • 360g (2¼ cups) confectioners' sugar, sifted
  • 45 milliliters (3 tablespoons) cold heavy cream
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) pure vanilla extract
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) ancho chile powder
  • 1 ½g (3/4 teaspoon) cinnamon
  • 1g (1/2 teaspoon) cayenne pepper
Instructions
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat the butter on medium-high speed until very light and creamy
  2. Add half of sugar and mix on low speed for one minute; add remaining sugar and mix again on low speed
  3. Beat on medium high speed until light and fluffy; reduce speed to low and slowly add cream, vanilla, and seasonings; scrape the sides of the bowl and mix on low again and slowly add the melted chocolate
  4. Increase speed to medium-high and beat for 2-3 minutes or until frosting is creamy and light
  5. Use a flat metal spatula to frost the first layer of cake; top with second layer and cover entire cake with frosting
  6. Store cake in refrigerator and bring to room temperature before serving
  7. Cake is best enjoyed within three days of frosting
Notes
Frosting adapted from Food and Wine
I love, love this frosting but only “liked” the cake. As a result, I’m posting a link to the cake recipe shown in the photos but recommending that you slather the frosting all over my favorite chocolate cake or add 1½ grams (3/4 teaspoon) of ground cinnamon to the recipe for vanilla bean cake layers (just add it with the salt).

The most incredible layer cake!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Fudgy Black and White Devil’s Food Cake

Fudgy Black and White Devil's Food Cake

Chocolate Chip Cream Cheese Pound Cake with Whipped Chocolate Ganache

Chocolate Chip Cream Cheese Pound Cake with Whipped Chocolate Ganache

Chocolate Stout Celebration Cake

Chocolate Stout Celebration Cake

Easy Chai Cookies

Crispy buttery shorbread cookies with the warm and spicy flavors of chai.

Buttery Chai Cookies, the perfect Christmas treat!

Have you recovered from your Thanksgiving food coma enough to start making Christmas cookies yet? I’m so ready! Last year, I think I only made one batch (newborn mom life) and the years prior it was business cookie baking 24/7. I’m looking forward to a holiday season that is a little bit of a compromise. These hot cocoa cookies were technically my first batch, a warm-up you could say. These Chai Shortbread Cookies are pretty much the opposite and a very nice follow up.

In fact, sometimes I bake something that I don’t think I’ll like all that much. If it’s not screaming peanut butter, chocolate, or salted caramel, it’s not an obvious sell. But these cookies, they surprised me in a very good way. Much like the chai-spiced fondue I shared a couple of weeks ago, these cookies are full of warm spices that are so comforting. I love how you can even see the specks of spice in the cookies. Between the delicious flavor, the crisp exterior and the buttery mouth feel, these cookies really do deserve a spot on your Christmas cookie tray. And don’t forget, you can make them now and freeze them until you need them. Easy holiday planning for sure!

Easy Chai Cookies
 
Chai –spiced shortbread cookies that are chewy, buttery and delicious.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 2 ½ dozen cookies
Ingredients
  • 227g (1 cup) unsalted butter, softened
  • 150g (~3/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 120g (3/4 cup) powdered sugar, sifted
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) pure vanilla extract
  • 1½ teaspoons ground cardamom
  • 1½ teaspoons ground ginger
  • ¾ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ teaspoon ground cloves
  • ⅓ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1g (1/4 teaspoon) salt
  • 265g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour, sifted
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Line baking sheets with parchment paper or slipat; set aside
  3. Cream butter and sugars until light and fluffy
  4. Add vanilla, spices and salt and beat until well combined
  5. Stir in flour
  6. Scoop with a medium cookie dough scoop (2 tablespoons each) onto prepared cookie sheets about 2 inches apart
  7. Bake for 13-15 minutes or until very light brown around the edges (bake for less time if looking for a slightly chewier cookie)
  8. Allow cookies to cool on cooling rack
  9. Store cookies in an airtight container at room temperature up to one week or in the freezer for up to two months

 

These cookies are SO SO good!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Easy Lemon Shortbread Cookies

Easy Lemon Shortbread Cookies

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies

Brown-Sugar Chai Spiced Caramel Fondue

Brown-Sugar Chai Spiced Caramel Fondue

Peppermint Mocha Truffles

Rich dark chocolate truffles with a hint of coffee and splash of peppermint. The best no-bake edible Christmas gift!

 Making these Peppermint Mocha Truffles for parties AND gifts!   

Peppermint mocha is my ultimate holiday weakness. The drink, the sweets, everything. In fact, despite the fact that I’ve mostly given up fake sweeteners and usually drink coffee sans sugar, the skinny peppermint mocha latte is my once or twice a year guilty pleasure treat that I truly savor. Last year I remember drinking one as we took L, just a newborn then, on a walk. It was a chilly late fall day and he seemed to be going through an eat-every-hour growth spurt. That peppermint mocha latte was my little break.

Ah peppermint mocha everything!!!

There is something so sinful about peppermint mocha treats. The rich deep chocolate flavor combined with a pop of mint is so satisfying. In making these truffles, I chose to go with an extra-dark chocolate for a base to keep them from being too sweet. That, combined with some instant espresso and a splash of peppermint extract, creates a great balanced flavor.

The recipe isn’t all that complicated. In fact, the hardest part is just rolling out all the truffles. I’d even recommend doubling or tripling the batch if you plan on making them for gifts or parties.

Peppermint Mocha Truffles
 
Rich dark chocolate truffles with a hint of coffee and splash of peppermint. The best no-bake edible Christmas gift!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 2 dozen truffles
Ingredients
  • 79 milliliters (1/3 cup) heavy whipping cream
  • 3g (1 teaspoon) instant espresso
  • 142g finely chopped dark chocolate (72% or higher), any type
  • 57g (4 tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • ½ milliliter (1/8 teaspoon) peppermint extract
  • Toppings-I like peppermint baking pieces (finely chopped), crushed candy canes and holiday sprinkles
Instructions
  1. Whisk together heavy whipping cream and espresso in a small heavy-duty saucepan; heat over low-medium heat
  2. Bring to a light rolling boil then remove from heat and immediately pour over chocolate and whisk until smooth
  3. Whisk mixture until chocolate is completely melted; whisk in butter and peppermint extract until smooth
  4. Chill mixture in refrigerator for two hours or until it is firm
  5. Once firm, use a small or cookie dough scoop to form small ball-shaped truffles
  6. Roll truffles in topping and store in an airtight container in refrigerator until ready to eat
  7. Bring to room temperature before serving
Notes
Adapted from the Lindt Chocolate Passion Recipe Book
Truffles should be enjoyed within two weeks for best results
Recipe can be easily doubled

Peppermint Mocha Truffles OMG

This post contains affiliate links

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Thick and Fudgy Peppermint Mocha Brownies

Thick and Fudgy Peppermint Mocha Brownies

Double Dip Mints

Double Dip Mints

Truffles, Three Ways

Chocolate Truffles - 3 ways! a rich chocolate treat that happens to be gluten-free

Brown Sugar Chai Spiced Caramel Fondue

A chai spiced caramel sauce perfect for holiday entertaining.

SO perfect for parties! This chai caramel sauce is perfect for dipping fruit and cookies

I’m very enthusiastically jumping onto the chai bandwagon! There’s no looking back now. (In fact, can we take a quick moment to drool over Christina’s chewy chai bars?)

In all serious, though, there’s no reason you shouldn’t be joining me. The flavors of chai are so warm and comforting. Cardamom is what really makes it special, but the clove, cinnamon, ginger and black pepper (yes, black pepper!), round it out. The spicy flavor tones end up being perfect to balance out a sweet brown-sugar based caramel.

I served this caramel fondue as a dip when we had friends over on a recent Sunday afternoon. It was able to sit out for a few hours as the flavors developed. And actually, there was a little bit leftover and it tasted even better the next day (a dream for holiday entertaining plans)! I loved dunking graham crackers into the fondue along side my almond milk latte, but I did catch some people even dunking their blondies. Yes, my friends are geniuses.

Chai Caramel Fondue! Serving this at every holiday party

Brown Sugar Chai Spiced Caramel Fondue
 
A chai spiced caramel sauce perfect for holiday entertaining.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 1¼ cups
Ingredients
  • 195g (¾ cup + 1 tablespoon) light brown sugar, tightly packed
  • 30 milliliters (2 tablespoons) water
  • 118 milliliters (1/2 cup) heavy cream
  • 9g (2 teaspoons) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • ½ teaspoon ground cardamom
  • ½ teaspoon ground ginger
  • ¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ⅛ teaspoon salt
  • ⅛ teaspoon black pepper
  • ⅛ teaspoon ground cloves
Instructions
  1. Whisk together brown sugar and water in a small heavy-duty saucepan; place over medium-high heat and cook without stirring for 3-4 minutes or until a deep amber brown and bubbling; remove from heat and immediately whisk in heavy cream and butter until smooth (be careful as the hot caramel may bubble up)
  2. Stir in remaining ingredients and then briefly stir over medium heat until smooth
  3. Serve warm; for a thicker dip (and for flavor more intensified), allow to cool in refrigerator for several hours before gently reheating
Notes
Adapted from Food and Wine
Can be stored in refrigerator up to one week

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Salted Caramel without a Candy Thermometer

How to Make Salted Caramel

Peanut Butter Caramel Sauce

Peanut Butter Caramel Sauce

Hot Cocoa Cookies

This shop has been compensated by Collective Bias, Inc. and its advertiser. All opinions are mine alone. #SweetenTheSeason #CollectiveBias #ad

Rich, fudgy and ultra chocolatey cookies with melted marshmallows taste like the best cup of hot cocoa you’ve ever had!

Hot Cocoa Cookies for the holidays! #SweetenTheSeason #CollectiveBias #ad

It’s no secret that I love baking cookies, especially for the holidays. While I don’t bake and ship thousands of cookies to customers anymore, I still go through many, many batches to give as gifts and bring to parties. Holiday season is cookie season!

IN LOVE with these Hot Cocoa Cookies for Christmas and the holidays #ad

Since I like to do a lot of baking throughout the holidays, it helps to have some good go-to recipes that are fairly easy (none of that messy rolling dough, etc.) and exceptionally delicious. It’s even better when I can find some inexpensive ingredients (thanks, Walmart!) that happen to come together to make an ultra rich and satisfying cookie. And this Hot Cocoa Cookie is all that and more. In fact, quite a few people said it was the “best” cookie they’d ever had.

(Just an aside, I had to go to Walmart TWICE to get the ingredients I needed because the first time I actually FORGOT my wallet. Each time, I was happy to find all of the baking ingredients conveniently set up for holiday baking.)

Walmart Holiday Baking #ad

Walmart Holiday Baking #ad

These cookies start with a lot of chocolate (BAKER’S Unsweetened Chocolate and BAKER’S Semi-Sweet Chocolate), almost a full POUND in one batch. Then they are finished with more chocolate (chips) and JET-PUFFED Miniature Marshmallows. The cookies are super fudgy and the ultimate chocolate experience. Imagine the best hot chocolate you’ve ever had, not the kind from the packet, the kind where you are basically drinking liquid heaven, and then transform that hot chocolate into a cookie.

I can't wait to bake these hot cocoa cookies #ad

Hot Cocoa Cookies!!! #ad

5.0 from 1 reviews
Hot Cocoa Cookies
 
Rich, fudgy and ultra chocolatey cookies with melted marshmallows taste like the best cup of hot cocoa you’ve ever had!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~2 ½ dozen cookies
Ingredients
  • 113g (1/2 cup) unsalted butter
  • 170g (6 ounces) BAKER’S Semi-Sweet Chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 200g (7 ounces) BAKER'S Unsweetened Chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 160g (~1 cup + 3 tablespoons) all-purpose flour
  • 2g (3/4 teaspoon) baking powder
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon salt)
  • 150g (~3 large whole) eggs at room temperature
  • 215g (~1 cup) granulated sugar
  • 235g (~1 cup, packed) light brown sugar
  • 10 milliliters / 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
  • 200g (~1 cup) milk chocolate chips
  • 100g (1½ cups) JET-PUFFED Miniature Marshmallows
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; line baking sheets with parchment paper and set aside
  2. Place semi-sweet and unsweetened chocolate with butter in a microwave-safe bowl
  3. Microwave the ingredients for a minute and stir; microwave again for 30-second increments until everything is almost melted; stir the remaining lumps until smooth (alternatively, you can melt the butter and chocolate in a heavy duty pop over medium heat stirring constantly); set aside
  4. In a medium bowl, whisk together dry ingredients (flour, baking powder, and salt) and set aside
  5. In the large bowl of a stand mixer, combine eggs, sugars and vanilla; beat on high speed for about 5 minutes or until mixture is light and pale in color
  6. Reduce the speed of your mixer and add in melted chocolate
  7. When that is well-combined, stir in flour mixture but do not over-mix; stir in chocolate chips and marshmallows
  8. Use a large cookie dough scoop and place dough on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper, 1-2 inches apart;
  9. Bake cookies for 12 minutes and set aside on a wire rack to cool
Notes
Recipe can be doubled
Store cookies at room temperature up to 5 days in a ziplock bag or freeze for up to two months; separate layers of cookies with parchment paper to avoid sticking

 

These Hot Cocoa Cookies might be the best cookies ever #ad

Be sure to visit your local Walmart for your own holiday baking inspiration!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Smoked Sea Salt Chocolate Fudge Caramel Cookies

Smoked Sea Salt Chocolate Fudge Cookies

Mega M&M Cookies

Mega M&M Cookies

Brown Butter Chocolate Pecan Blondies

Rich brown butter blondies with toasted pecans and rich dark chocolate are a perfect Thanksgiving dessert!

Thanksgiving blondies!! Brown Butter Dark Chocolate and Toasted Pecans

It was very difficult for me to set aside my own personal distaste for nuts in blondies and brownies and throw some crunchy toasted pecans into these blondies. But Thanksgiving is coming and it would be a shame to let it pass by without a dessert that combines my love for blondies with an infamous Thanksgiving dessert.

Brown Butter Chocolate Pecan Blondies - make them for Thanksgiving!

I actually never cared for pecan pie until I started putting chocolate in it. So, I figured if I put enough chocolate in these blondies, all would be right with the world and they would actually be quite delicious. Mission accomplished!

These blondies start with everyone’s favorite brown butter which adds a warm, nutty flavor to the bars. Then they are loaded with brown sugar (necessary), chopped dark chocolate (also necessary to maximize chocolate enjoyment) and toasted pecans (important for flavor development). They won’t take you too long to make and don’t require any complex baking skills. In fact, you don’t even need a mixer to make these blondies (or any of my blondies for that matter).

Perfect blondies for Thanksgiving... brown butter, rich dark chocolate and toasted pecans!

Brown Butter Chocolate Pecan Blondies
 
Rich brown butter blondies with toasted pecans and rich dark chocolate are a perfect Thanksgiving dessert!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 servings
Ingredients
  • 100g (1 cup) pecans, roughly chopped
  • 112g (1/2 cup) unsalted butter
  • 350g (~1½ cups packed) light brown sugar
  • 200g (~1½ cups) all-purpose flour
  • 8g (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 3g (1/2 teaspoon) baking powder
  • 110g (2 large) whole eggs
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) vanilla extract (bourbon based preferred)
  • 112g (~3/4 cup) good quality dark chocolate, roughly chopped (use the highest percent cocoa you enjoy)
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; line an 8×8 or 9×9 baking pan with parchment paper
  2. Spread pecans out in baking pan and place in oven for five minutes to toast; do not let burn
  3. Remove from oven and set aside to cool
  4. In a medium-sized saucepan over medium-high heat, brown the butter (stir butter constantly until it turns an amber/light brown color) and remove from heat; stir in sugar until well combined and set aside to cool slightly
  5. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour, salt and baking powder; set aside
  6. In a large bowl, whisk together eggs and vanilla; whisk in butter and sugar mixture
  7. Whisk in flour mixture until almost combined and then fold in any remaining crumbs with a spatula
  8. Fold in chocolate and toasted pecans until evenly distributed throughout batter
  9. Pour into prepared baking pan and bake for 33-37 minutes or until a knife comes out clean
  10. Set aside to cool for an hour before cutting
Notes
Blondies will stay fresh for up to two days if wrapped or packaged in an air-tight container. They also freeze incredibly well, just wrap them tightly in tin foil.
These blondies are somewhat on the cakier side, be very careful not to overbake.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

One-Bowl Pumpkin Blondies

One Bowl Pumpkin Blondies

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies

Apple Cinnamon Blondies

Apple Cinnamon Blondies

Milk Chocolate Tart with Peanut Butter Pretzel Crust

An easy no-bake dessert that only uses four ingredients! This tart is simple but impressive.

No-bake AND only 4 ingredients!!!

I’m currently joining in on the chorus of everyone asking how Thanksgiving is now less than two weeks away. My theory is that the warm fall weather we have had was actually a huge mind trick. How could Thanksgiving be coming if I barely need a jacket?

This tart is incredible and only takes 4 ingredients!

The good news is that I’ve got a dessert recipe for you that is perfect for dealing with limited holiday prep time. This milk chocolate tart looks impressive and complicated, but it actually is super easy. In fact, this tart is no-bake. Yes, three cheers for a dessert that won’t put pressure on your oven itinerary for Thanksgiving!

Pretty much the best no-bake EASY dessert ever

And beyond all that, the tart tastes pretty extraordinary. The peanut butter pretzel crust is kind of amazing. It’s crunchy and salty and, well, it’s made with peanut butter. The filling? The filling is creamy, rich and decadent. I’ve noticed that milk chocolate doesn’t get enough praise in the elevated dessert world and this tart is telling me it really should get some more love.

So while I’m still mildly panicked about all the things I want to do before Thanksgiving, I’m just going to go ahead and enjoy a big slice of this chocolate tart and not worry about it too much.

A super easy tart that would be perfect for Thanksgiving!

5.0 from 1 reviews
Milk Chocolate Tart with Peanut Butter Pretzel Crust
 
An easy no-bake dessert that only uses four ingredients! This tart is simple but impressive.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 servings
Ingredients
Filling:
  • 340g (12 ounces) good quality milk chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 355 milliliters (1 ½ cups) heavy cream
Crust:
  • 130g (1/2 cup) creamy peanut butter
  • 200g (2 cups) crushed salted pretzels plus additional for topping tart (optional)
Instructions
Make the filling:
  1. Place chocolate in a large heat-safe bowl and set aside
  2. In a small saucepan, bring cream to a rolling boil over medium high heat (do not stir) and then immediately pour over chocolate; let sit for five minutes and then whisk until completely smooth
  3. Let cool at room temperature for one hour and make crust
Prepare crust:
  1. In a medium bowl, melt peanut butter in microwave by heating for 15 seconds, stirring and repeating until easy to stir; stir in pretzel crumbs
  2. Press mixture into a 11-inch tart pan so that it is evenly spread out and up the edges; place in refrigerator until ready to use
  3. Once ready, pour chocolate mixture into chilled crust; then chill tart in refrigerator 4 hours (or up to 24 hours)
  4. Use additional pretzels to decorate tart before serving if desired
Notes
Significantly adapted from Food and Wine
The filling requires one hour of cool time and then the tart requires four hours of chill time before serving.
The crust may be a little crumbly when you remove it from tart pan.

My new favorite dessert!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Big, Chewy, Sweet and Salty Peanut Butter Cookies

Big, Chewy, Sweet and Salty Peanut Butter Cookies

Salted Caramel Oreo Bars

Salted Caramel Oreo Bars

Sweet & Salty Candy Bar Blondies

Sweet and Salty Candy Bar Blondies

Peanut Butter Caramel Bars

Gooey peanut butter cookie bars are layered with chocolate and salted caramel for a decadent bite-sized treat.

Peanut Butter Cookie Bars with Caramel and Chocolate layers!

Sometimes you need a dessert that makes you feel good on all levels. When it’s dreary outside or you want to eat your feelings (ahem, me.) there are only certain desserts that will cut it. You need a dessert that just screams comfort. Something decadent, almost familiar, and just plain old delicious.

For me, that’s something that is made with peanut butter and chocolate. Throw in a layer of salted caramel and, well, it just doesn’t get much better than that. These cookie bars are the solution to your bad day. Peanut butter cookie dough (with peanut butter chips!) is layered with melted dark chocolate and rich salted caramel. Then, it’s sealed together with another layer of peanut butter cookie dough. Four perfect layers, one perfect bite-sized treat.

5.0 from 1 reviews
Peanut Butter Caramel Bars
 
Gooey peanut butter cookie bars are layered with chocolate and salted caramel for a decadent bite-sized treat.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 20 bite-sized bars
Ingredients
  • 130g (~1 cup) all-purpose flour
  • 12g (1 ½ teaspoons) baking soda
  • 113g (½ cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 258 g (1 cup) creamy peanut butter
  • 160g (~¾ cup) granulated sugar
  • 117g (~1/2 cup) packed light brown sugar
  • 100g (2 large) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • 180g (~1 cup) peanut butter chips
  • 180g (~1 cup) semi-sweet chocolate chips
  • ⅔ cup salted caramel (preferably homemade)
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; line a 9x9 inch pan with parchment paper with edges coming up the sides and set aside
  2. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour and baking soda, set aside
  3. Using a mixer, in a large bowl beat peanut butter, butter and sugars on high until light and fluffy
  4. Beat in the eggs and vanilla until combined
  5. Reduce speed to low and stir in flour mixture just until combined
  6. Stir in peanut butter chips
  7. Wrap half of dough with seran wrap and place in refrigerator; press remaining dough into bottom of prepared baking pan and bake for 15 minutes
  8. Remove from oven and immediately sprinkle chocolate chips over top; let sit for ~6 minutes and then carefully spread chocolate chips so that the cookie dough layer is mostly covered
  9. Pour salted caramel over chocolate
  10. Take chilled dough out of fridge and drop tablespoon-sized chunks of dough over top
  11. Place baking pan back in oven for 25 minutes or until top is lightly browned
  12. Allow to cool completely before removing from pan and cutting
Notes
Store covered at room temperature for up to 3 days or freeze wrapped well in tin foil for up to two months

A new favorite dessert recipe!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it onInstagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Chocolate Covered Peanut Butter Ritz Sandwiches

Chocolate Covered Peanut Butter Ritz Sandwiches

Mini Chocolate Cupcakes with Peanut Butter Buttercream

Mini Chocolate Cupcakes with Peanut Butter Buttercream

Fall Pavlova with Caramelized Apples and Cinnamon Whipped Cream

A special Thanksgiving dessert that happens to be gluten-free. This fall inspired pavlova is layered with cinnamon whipped cream and caramelized apples.

Fall Pavlova! making this for Thanksgiving!!

While I have a hard time understanding the idea of being “too full” for dessert, some people have brought this concept to my attention in the past. And apparently, at Thanksgiving, this can be a thing. So with the tables full of pies (and, at our house, cookies, brownies and cakes, too), I thought it would be nice to (in addition to all the other good stuff of course) add a lighter dessert option so that even if you can’t have one more bite, you really can.

Fall Pavlova is such a good idea!

The beauty of a pavlova, is that you start with a light and airy meringue shell that can be topped however you may please. I usually think of pavlova as a summer dessert, but given that the meringue is generally a neutral flavor, putting a fall twist on it wasn’t so farfetched. Swapping berries out and caramelized apples in is a good start. Then, plain old whipped cream gets amped up a bit with a hint of cinnamon. A slice of this dessert is sweet but satisfying.

LOVE the idea of a fall pavlova!

Fall Pavlova with Caramelized Apples and Cinnamon Whipped Cream
 
A special Thanksgiving dessert that happens to be gluten-free. This fall inspired pavlova is layered with cinnamon whipped cream and caramelized apples.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 8-12 servings
Ingredients
  • 1 pavlova prepared at least three hours in advance (it must have time to completely cool)
Caramelized apples:
  • 28g (2 tablespoons) unsalted butter
  • 340g (~3 cups / 2 medium) apples, thinly sliced (I prefer to use a crisp apple like Granny Smith or Honeycrisp)
  • 235g (~1 cup tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) fresh lemon juice (from ~1/2 lemon)
  • 5g (1 tablespoon) ground cinnamon
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
Cinnamon whipped cream:
  • 237 milliliters (1 cup) heavy whipping cream
  • 1g (2/3 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • 27g (~2 tablespoons) granulated sugar
Instructions
Make the caramelized apples:
  1. In a large skillet over medium heat, melt  the butter; stir in apples, brown sugar, lemon juice, cinnamon and vanilla;
  2. Cook over medium-high heat, stirring occasionally, until apples are softened and liquid is syrupy, about 10 minutes; remove from heat and allow to cool completely (whipped cream will become soupy if they are too warm)
Make whipped cream
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream and cinnamon at medium speed until
  2. foamy; increase speed to medium-high, and slowly add granulated sugar, beating until stiff peaks form
  3. When everything is ready, generously top pavlova with whipped cream and then with Caramelized apples
  4. Serve immediately
Notes
Make ahead tips:
Pavlova can be made and kept at room temperature up to two days or frozen up to one month (store in a ziplock bag carefully because it is delicate)
Apples can be cooked a few hours in advance and stored in refrigerator; bring to room temperature before putting dessert together

 

the best ever pavlova

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it onInstagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits

Giant Caramel Apple Cinnamon Roll

Giant Caramel Apple Cinnamon Bun

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce

How to Make a Monkey Smash Cake

A chocolate smash cake that looks like a monkey! This first birthday cake is made from scratch and delicious.

How to Make a Monkey Smash Cake for a first birthday

Most people were pretty shocked to find out that L’s first taste of something “sweet” was at his first birthday party. It took a lot of restraint, but it definitely made his first experience with sugar a little more special. And of course I wanted to be the one to take credit for my child falling in love with dessert.

I mentioned before that his birthday party wasn’t all smiles, in fact, there were a lot of tears. So when a bunch of people sang happy birthday and we dared to put him in a high chair to try his cake he kind of lost it. Luckily, after some prodding, we managed to get him to eat a few joyful bites.

L's Monkey Smash Cake

And later in the day, after a little afternoon nap and in the quiet of our own apartment, the kid went to town. Watching him go at his birthday cake with such delight (two-handed at times) was priceless. I sized down the cake to be 6 inches, but it was still more than enough for a little boy so Matt and I proceeded to grab our own forks and dig in as well. Slices are so overrated.

L loving his Monkey Smash Cake

Anyway, my original plan was just to make L a chocolate cake with chocolate icing because that was my all-time favorite growing up. But when I came across this adorable monkey cake, I changed my plan just a bit. A couple of months ago, L started doing the monkey sound any time you mentioned monkeys or showed them to him in a book, and I just can’t get over it. As a result, I ordered him a monkey Halloween costume and ultimately decided to make a monkey birthday cake.

How to Make a Monkey Smash Cake

It’s clearly not perfect, and actually, the very finished product was a little better than the photo above (I lined his face with mini chocolate chips), but I was happy with it. I love that it was pretty easy and you really don’t need any real decorating skills to accomplish the fun design. Plus, the cake was seriously delicious. The chocolate cake was flavorful and moist and the chocolate buttercream was good enough for a few extra finger swipes. The insane sugar high L was on that night, well, it was worth it.

5.0 from 1 reviews
How to Make a Monkey Smash Cake
 
A chocolate smash cake that looks like a monkey! This first birthday cake is made from scratch and delicious.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: One 6-inch cake
Ingredients
  • 2 6-inch layers of chocolate cake (recipe below)
  • Light chocolate buttercream (recipe below)
  • Dark chocolate buttercream (recipe below)
  • Mini semi-sweet chocolate chips (optional)
  • 2 regular Oreos
Instructions
  1. Spread about ¼ cup light chocolate buttercream over one layer of cake; top with second layer of cake
  2. With a small offset spatula, spread, use the light chocolate buttercream and spread a circle in center of top cake layer; spread additional light chocolate buttercream under the circle in a big arc rounding the edges to make “cheeks” for the monkey
  3. Use a clean offset spatula to spread dark chocolate buttercream around the face of the monkey (careful around the edges) and around sides of cake
  4. Use chocolate chips OR pipe dark chocolate buttercream to make eyes, nose and mouth for monkey; line the edges of monkey’s face with chocolate chips where different buttercreams meet if desired
  5. Take each Oreo and carefully tuck them in (1/3 of the cookie) to each side of the cake where layers meet for monkey’s ears
Notes
You may have extra buttercream
Store cake lightly covered in a cake box or with seran wrap at room temperature up to two days

 
5.0 from 1 reviews
Chocolate Cake
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: Two 6-inch cake layers
Ingredients
  • 175g (~1⅓ cups) all-purpose flour
  • 40g (~1/2 cup) unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking soda
  • ½g (1/8 teaspoon) salt
  • 113g (1/2 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 250g (~1 cup + 3 tablespoons) granulated sugar
  • 75g (1 large whole + 1 egg yolk) eggs at room temperature
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla
  • 215 milliliters (7 fluid ounces) water
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Grease and flour two 6-inch round pans and line bottoms with parchment paper
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour, cocoa, baking soda and salt; set aside
  4. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with paddle attachment, cream butter and sugar; add eggs and vanilla and beat one minute at medium speed
  5. Reduce speed of mixer to low and add ⅓ of the dry ingredients; add ½ of water then repeat
  6. Add remainder of dry ingredients and turn off mixer; make sure not to overbeat; if there are any lumps fold them in with a spatula
  7. Pour batter into prepared pans and bake for 30-34 minutes or until a toothpick comes out clean from center of cakes
  8. Set cake layers aside to cool for 10 minutes then carefully remove each layer from pans; run a knife around the edge of each layer for easier removal
Notes
Cake slightly adapted from Hershey

5.0 from 1 reviews
Light Chocolate Buttercream
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 1 cup
Ingredients
  • 56g (1/4 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 160g (1 cup) powdered sugar
  • 3 milliliters (1/2) teaspoon vanilla
  • 30g (6 tablespoons) unsweetened cocoa
Instructions
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat butter until light and creamy
  2. Add powdered sugar and mix until combined; mix in vanilla
  3. Add cocoa and mix on medium high speed for three minutes or until light and creamy

5.0 from 1 reviews
Light Chocolate Buttercream
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 1 cup
Ingredients
  • 63g (4½ tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 160g (1 cup) powdered sugar
  • 3 milliliters (1/2) teaspoon vanilla
  • 40g (8 tablespoons) unsweetened extra-dark cocoa
Instructions
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat butter until light and creamy
  2. Add powdered sugar and mix until combined; mix in vanilla
  3. Add cocoa and mix on medium high speed for three minutes or until light and creamy

 

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Fudgy Black and White Devil’s Food Cake

Fudgy Black and White Devil’s Food Cake

Extra Dark Chocolate Cake with Cookie Butter Buttercream

Extra Dark Chocolate Cake with Cookie Butter Buttercream

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake

How to Make a Monkey Smash Cake

Mini Funfetti Cupcakes

Everyone’s favorite funfetti cupcake in mini form! Homemade funfetti cupcakes from scratch.

The most adorable funfetti cupcakes made from scratch!

I’ve been wanting to bake something from the Sweetapolita cookbook since I got it months ago, but really needed a special occasion to do any of her gorgeous creations justice. L’s birthday seemed the right time! And just a note, I bought Rosie’s cookbook with my own money. Her blog is one of my favorites and every single recipe I’ve ever made of hers has come out amazing. I had no doubt that the cookbook would be incredible (it is!).

Homemade funfetti cupcakes that are mini and oh so cute

So while I could have made one of the many layer cakes included in the cookbook, I wanted to continue with the theme of mini cupcakes instead. The mini desserts really lent themselves to a party where people were sampling several desserts and doing a lot of eating while standing and chatting. These mini funfetti cupcakes, with adorable little animal sprinkles I’d found at TJ Maxx a while ago, were the most popular dessert by far. We refilled the plate of cupcakes a couple of times because they just kept disappearing!

Everyone loves funfetti! These cupcakes were gobbled up at my son's birthday party

The cupcakes were light, fluffy and sweet. The buttercream? It was sweet but flavored with vanilla bean making it extra delicious. I’m going to risk being ostracized by the blog community by saying this, but I don’t usually like funfetti desserts. I’m just not a sprinkles person (insert GASP). But these cupcakes, yeah, they had me at fluffy frosting.

5.0 from 1 reviews
Mini Funfetti Cupcakes
 
Everyone’s favorite funfetti cupcake in mini form! Homemade funfetti cupcakes from scratch.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~4 dozen mini cupcakes
Ingredients
Cupcakes
  • 200g (1¾ cup) cake flour, sifted
  • 240g (1 cup + 3 tablespoons) granulated sugar
  • 10g (2 teaspoons) baking powder
  • 3g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 90g (6 tablespoons) unsalted butter, cold and cut into tablespoons
  • 180 milliliters (3/4 cup) milk, at room temperature (I’ve had success with any type of milk)
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) pure vanilla extract
  • 3 milliliters (1/2 teaspoon) lemon juice
  • 160g (4 large) egg whites at room temperature
  • 60g (~1/2 cup) confetti quins (use something like this for best results, regular sprinkles or jimmies will melt into the batter)
Frosting
  • 280g (1¼ cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 1 gram (1/8 teaspoon) salt
  • 410g (3¼ cup) powdered sugar, sifted
  • 60 milliliters (1/4 cup) whole milk (use whole for best results; if using low fat or fat free milk, start with smaller amount)
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) vanilla bean past or pure vanilla extract
  • Additional confetti quins or sprinkles for decorating
Instructions
Cupcakes
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; line mini cupcake pans with cupcake liners or grease the cups with butter flour or non-stick cooking spray; set aside
  2. Sift the flour, sugar, baking powder and salt into the large bowl of an electric mixer; use paddle attachment to mix on low speed while adding butter one piece at a time; mix until combined (butter pieces should be in pea-sized clumps with dry ingredients)
  3. In a medium bowl or small cup, whisk together half of milk, vanilla and lemon juice and set aside
  4. In a medium bowl or measuring cup, lightly whisk together egg whites and remaining milk; set aside
  5. Turn mixer to medium-low speed and gradually add the vanilla mixture; beat on medium-low speed for five minutes (do not overmix)
  6. Use a spatula to scrape the sides and bottom of the mixing bowl; add ⅓ of the egg white mixture and mix on low speed until combined; repeat with remaining egg white mixture (do not overmix!)
  7. Use a spatula to fold in confetti quins
  8. Distribute batter evenly among cupcake cups (filling each cup about ⅔ of the way full) with a small ladle or cookie dough scoop
  9. Bake for 11-12 minutes or until a toothpick comes out clean from center of cupcakes
  10. Allow cupcakes to cool for five minutes and then remove from pan to cool completely; set aside and make frosting
Frosting
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat butter and salt on medium speed until pale and creamy (5-10 minutes)
  2. Add ⅓ of sugar and mix on low speed until combined; repeat until all sugar is incorporated; add milk and vanilla and mix on low for one minute; increase speed to medium high and beat until light and fluffy, about six minutes
  3. Pipe immediately or store in refrigerator up to three days and bring to room temperature before using (may need to beat again before use)
  4. Sprinkle additional confetti quins over frosting
  5. Cupcakes best enjoyed within two days; keep lightly covered at room temperature
Notes
Recipes barely adapted from The Seetapolita Bakebook
Cupcakes can be baked in advanced and frozen in an airtight container for one month before frosting and serving; bring to room temperature before frosting

This post contains affiliate links.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Meyer Lemon Sprinkle Cookies

Meyer Lemon Sprinkle Cookies

Mini Halloween Confetti Cookie Sandwiches

Mini Halloween Confetti Cookie Sandwiches

Mini Lemon Cupcakes

Mini Lemon Cupcakes

Mini Chocolate Cupcakes with Peanut Butter Buttercream

Rich chocolate cupcakes topped with a light and super creamy peanut butter frosting.

Obsessed with these Mini Chocolate Cupcakes with Peanut Butter Buttercream

L’s birthday party might not have been the picture perfect event I had planned (have I learned nothing after a year of being a mom?), but the desserts, they were pretty on point if I do say so myself. We had the best mini cookies (these and these), brownies, and two kinds of mini cupcakes. I might have overheard parents bribing their kids to eat some salad with the promise of another cupcake. Sounds reasonable to me!

SUCH amazing Chocolate Cupcakes with Peanut Butter Buttercream

These cupcakes are a chocolate and peanut butter lover’s dream. The beauty of the mini cupcake is that it is so much easier to get adequate frosting in each bite without getting it all over your face. Plus, you can eat quite a few before you feel like it’s a crime. Or, if you dare to stray from the classic peanut butter and chocolate combo, you will have plenty of room for tasting other desserts as well.

That peanut butter frosting is to die for!

Mini Chocolate Cupcakes with Peanut Butter Buttercream
 
Rich chocolate cupcakes topped with a light and super creamy peanut butter frosting.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 5 dozen cupcakes
Ingredients
Chocolate Cupcakes:
  • 260g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 65g (~3/4 cup) good quality dark unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 10g (1¼ teaspoon) baking soda
  • 3g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 170g (3/4 cup / 1½ sticks) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 375g (~1¾ cup) granulated sugar
  • 100g (2 large whole) eggs at room temperature
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla
  • 325 milliliters (1⅓ cups) brewed coffee
Peanut Butter Buttercream
  • 75g (~1/4 cup + 1 tablespoon) egg whites
  • 32g (~3 tablespoons) granulated sugar
  • Additional 150g (~3/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 50 milliliters (~3 tablespoons + 1 teaspoon) water
  • 227g (1 cup) unsalted butter, softened and cut into 1-inch cubes
  • 195g (~3/4 cup) creamy peanut butter (do not use natural)
Instructions
Chocolate Cupcakes
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Line mini cupcake pans with cupcake liners or grease the cups with butter flour or non-stick cooking spray; set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour, cocoa, baking soda and salt; set aside
  4. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with paddle attachment, cream butter and sugar; add eggs and vanilla and beat one minute at medium speed
  5. Reduce speed of mixer to low and add ⅓ of the dry ingredients; add ½ of coffee and repeat
  6. Add remainder of dry ingredients and turn off mixer; make sure not to overbeat; if there are any lumps fold them in with a spatula
  7. Distribute batter evenly among cupcake cups (just below rim of cupcake liner) with a small ladle or cookie dough scoop
  8. Bake in center of oven for 11-13 minutes or until a toothpick comes out clean; do not overbake
  9. Set cupcakes aside to cool and make frosting
Peanut Butter Buttercream
  1. Wipe the bowl of an electric mixer, whisk attachment, whisk, spatula and candy thermometer with a paper towel and vinegar to clean (if any grease is on these items your meringue will not work)
  2. Place egg whites in large bowl with whisk attachment and mix on medium speed; gradually add the 1⅛ ounces sugar; keep mixer on
  3. In a medium heavy duty saucepan, combine water and remaining 5¼ ounces of sugar over medium-high heat and whisk together; whisk occasionally until temperature of syrup reaches 248 degrees Fahrenheit
  4. Meanwhile, egg whites should begin to form loose peaks; if this happens before syrup is hot enough, reduce mixer speed to low
  5. Once syrup is hot enough, reduce mixer speed to medium-low and slowly and slowly add syrup to the mixer
  6. Increase speed to medium-high and keep mixer on for 10-15 minutes or until it holds stiff peaks AND bowl has cooled to room temperature
  7. Reduce the speed to medium and add softened butter, a couple of tablespoons at a time, until fully combined; mixture should be smooth and creamy
  8. If there are any lumps, increase speed to high until frosting becomes smooth
  9. Add peanut butter and combine on medium speed until well incorporated and buttercream is light and creamy
  10. Pipe onto cooled cupcakes
Notes
Keep in a cool dry place (best kept refrigerated during summer), covered
Best served within 3 days of baking
Cupcakes slightly adapted from Hershey
Buttercream adapted from the Bouchon Bakery Cookbook
Buttercream best used immediately or store in an airtight container in refrigerator and beat with the paddle attachment of an electric mixer before using

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

This post contains affiliate links.

You might also like:

Peanut Butter and Jelly Cupcakes

Peanut Butter & Jelly Cupcakes

Double Chocolate Stout Mini Cupcakes

Double Chocolate Stout Mini Cupcakes

Vanilla Cupcakes with Chocolate Cream Cheese Icing

Vanilla Cupcakes with Chocolate Cream Cheese Icing

Mini Chocolate Cupcakes with Peanut Butter Buttercream

Pumpkin Spice Cookie Butter Cookie Sandwiches

Chewy pumpkin spiced COOKIE BUTTER cookies sandwiched with buttercream, what could be better?

Amazing cookie sandwcihes! Made with the pumpkin spice cookie butter

I try to have some self-restraint when I bake. Sometimes it works, other times, not so much. I tell myself “I’ll just taste a bite” and then find myself three cookies deep in a hole. At that point, I know it’s time to immediately step away. With these cookie sandwiches? That’s what happened. I thought I could handle a bite or two but I was so wrong. A few cookies later and I was grabbing a tupperware to get them in the freezer and out of my sight asap. I even designated them as Matt’s “work cookies” in order to stop myself from eating them frozen. We all have our moments.

Pumpkin spice cookie butter! get it asap!!

See that empty cookie butter jar above? I purposely used the whole thing in the recipe. Because like the cookies, a near empty jar of cookie butter (and especially this pumpkin spice version) is the equivalent of crack. Dangerous, just dangerous.

Pumpkin Spice COOKIE BUTTER cookie sandwiches!

The cookies end up being on the thinner side, which lends them perfectly to being sandwiched with buttercream. Chilling the dough is necessary, though, or else your cookies will spread too much. If you bake them on the shorter end of timing, they will be chewier. The longer you bake them, the crunchier they will get. I like them soft and chewy so they melt in your mouth with the frosting.

Did I mention that the cookies AND the buttercream are made with pumpkin pie spice cookie butter? The good news is that you could make these with regular cookie butter (speculoos, Biscoff, whatever) as well. Or, you could use the regular version and add a bit of pumpkin pie spice. Trust me, you can’t go wrong either way.

new cookie obsession!

Pumpkin Spice Cookie Butter Cookie Sandwiches
 
Chewy pumpkin spiced COOKIE BUTTER cookies sandwiched with buttercream, what could be better?
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~2½ dozen cookie sandwiches
Ingredients
Pumpkin Pie Spice Cookie Butter Cookies:
  • 130g (1 cup) all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 113g (½ cup unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 285g (1 cup) pumpkin pie spice cookie butter (found at Trader Joe's)*
  • 160g (¾ cup) granulated sugar
  • 117g (1/2 cup) packed light brown sugar
  • 110g (2 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
Pumpkin Pie Spice Cookie Butter Buttercream:
  • 113g (1/2 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 100g pumpkin pie spice cookie butter (found at Trader Joe's)*
  • 160g (1 cup) powdered sugar
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
Instructions
For the cookies:
  1. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour and baking soda, set aside
  2. Using a mixer, in a large bowl beat speculoos, butter and sugars on high until light and fluffy
  3. Beat in the eggs and vanilla until combined
  4. Reduce speed to low and stir in flour mixture just until combined
  5. Chill dough for 24 hours** for best results
  6. After dough has been chilled, pre-heat the oven to 350 degrees and line baking sheets with parchment paper
  7. Use a small cookie dough scoop to place cookie dough balls (about 1 tablespoon each) on top of parchment paper, 1-2 inches apart
  8. Bake 8-10 minutes and until cookies are lightly browned around the edges***
For the buttercream:
  1. Beat butter and cookie butter in the bowl of an electric mixer on high speed or until light and creamy
  2. Add powdered sugar and vanilla and mix on low speed for one minute; scrape the sides of the bowl; beat on high speed for several minutes or until buttercream is light and fluffy
To Make Cookie Sandwiches:
  1. Match cookies in pairs so that each side is about the same size
  2. Spread about 2 teaspoons of frosting on the bottom of one cookie from each pair
  3. Top other cookie and press down lightly
  4. Store cookies in an airtight container up to three days; may be frozen for up to one month
Notes
*You could make these with regular cookie butter (speculoos, Biscoff, whatever) as well. Or, you could use the regular version and add a bit of pumpkin pie spice.
**Chilling the dough is necessary, though, or else your cookies will spread too much.
***If you bake them on the shorter end of timing, they will be chewier. The longer you bake them, the crunchier they will get. I like them soft and chewy so they melt in your mouth with the frosting.

 

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag#KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Cookie Butter Pumpkin Bites

Cookie Butter Pumpkin Bites

Cookie Butter & Salted Caramel Cookie Sandwiches

Cookie Butter & Salted Caramel Cookie Sandwiches

No Churn Cookie Butter Ice Cream

No Churn Cookie Butter Ice Cream

Pumpkin Spice Cookie Butter Cookies DREAMY

Pumpkin Cookie Ice Cream

Creamy pumpkin ice cream with huge chunks of pumpkin sandwich cookies. You don’t need an ice cream maker for this fun fall treat!

Super creamy pumpkin ice cream with cookie chunks!

The other week I picked up a bunch of fun fall treats from Trader Joe’s and Target. When I got home, I set them on my counter and said, “inspire me”.

And while this move usually works pretty well with me, I ended up with a million ideas that just didn’t seem interesting enough. But then I thought, what do I always like to make and eat? Ice cream, obviously. And thanks to a few big can’s of pumpkin and some pumpkin sandwich cookies (you can find Oreo and Trader Joe’s versions), a new no churn ice cream was born.

HOMEMADE Pumpkin Cookie Ice Cream! No churn!!!

This no churn ice cream recipe is so easy to make (as usual). It starts with the typical whipped cream and sweetened condensed milk combo but is enhanced with canned, pumpkin, a couple of different spices and huge chunks of cookies. Fall ice cream for the win! And if you are smart, you might just stock up on your pumpkin sandwich cookies so you can make this all year round.

HOMEMADE Pumpkin Cookie Ice Cream!

And just so you know, some things I bake for the blog and give away or use for entertaining. This ice cream? I ate the whole batch myself. I’m not sure if that should be embarrassing or not.

Pumpkin Cookie Ice Cream
 
Super creamy pumpkin ice cream filled with pumpkin sandwich cookies. No ice cream maker needed for this recipe!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~2 quarts
Ingredients
  • 475 milliliters (2 cups) heavy cream
  • 1 14-ounce can sweetened condensed milk (I used fat free, but any type would work)
  • 160g (2/3 cup) canned pumpkin (NOT pumpkin pie filling)
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) vanilla extract
  • 2g (3/4 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • ½g (1/4 teaspoon) ground nutmeg
  • 218g (~2 cups) chopped pumpkin sandwich cookies (14 cookies)
Instructions
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream on high speed for several minutes, just until stiff peaks form
  2. While whipping cream, in a separate large bowl, whisk together sweetened condensed milk, pumpkin, vanilla, cinnamon and nutmeg
  3. Once cream is ready, fold it into sweetened condensed milk mixture; stir in cookies
  4. Pour ice cream into a regular-sized loaf pan; wrap well with seran wrap or tin foil
  5. Freeze for 10 hours or overnight before serving
Notes
Base from Martha Stewart

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

This post contains affiliate links.

You might also like:

Pumpkin Cinnamon Bun Ice Cream

Pumpkin Cinnamon Bun Ice Cream

Pumpkin & Ginger Ice Cream Sandwich Cookie Cake

Pumpkin & Ginger Ice Cream Sandwich Cookie Cake

 

Apple and Pear Crisp

Warm apple and pear crisp is comforting and delicious, especially with ice cream!

***This post was originally published five years ago! It’s one of my favorite recipes and was worth sharing again with new photos and an easily printable recipe. And yes, once again, we ate the whole thing in one weekend.***

Warm pear and apple crisp is seriously the best comfort food!

I call this a weekend dessert because it won’t last you more than 2 days.  Whether you live alone or with a significant other, or especially if you have kids, this dessert will be eaten in less than 2 days.  I speak the truth because I baked mine last night and now there is none left.

One week after a trip to Costco, we still had a ton of apples and pears left uneaten.  The apples wouldn’t go bad, but I knew the pears would be browned and bruised in a few days.  Obviously the only solution is baking:-)  Since I have seen so many apple crisps in the blogworld lately, I decided to jump on the bandwagon and make one of my own.

Obsessed with this pear and apple crisp!

Yesterday was an amazing day.  I had no real agenda and was able to take advantage of the cloudless sky and perfect temperatures with a walk along the west side of Manhattan.  It was my first weekend in MONTHS without an event or travelling.  It was amazing!  And really, there aren’t many things better than a perfect fall day that ends with a warm Apple and Pear Crisp topped with vanilla ice cream.

I used 3 bartlett pears and 3 honeycrisp apples (great deal on those at Costco, fyi) to make a crisp that should serve 6.  We got 4 servings…

Sidenote, any dessert served warm with ice cream is a winner in my book

Apple and Pear Crisp
 
Warm apple and pear crisp is comforting and delicious, especially with ice cream!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 6 servings
Ingredients
Filling:
  • 3 large honeycrisp apples, thinly sliced*
  • 3 ripe but firm medium pears, thinly sliced**
  • 40g (1/4 cup) white whole wheat flour
  • 50g (1/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
Topping:
  • 80g (1/2 cup) white whole wheat flour
  • 115g (1/2 cup, tightly packed) brown sugar (light or dark)
  • 1g (1/2 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • 71g (5 tablespoons) unsalted butter, chilled
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
Make filling:
  1. Place apples and pears into a large mixing bowl
  2. Stir in the flour, sugar, and cinnamon until all fruit is coated
  3. Spread out the filling in a 9×9 pan or baking dish
Make topping:
  1. Cut your butter into the mixture of brown sugar, flour and cinnamon
  2. Use fingers to combine until you are left with small lumps and pour it over the apples
  3. Bake for about 50-60 minutes or until fruit is tender and bubbling and the topping is browned
  4. Allow to cool for a few minutes and then serve topped with ice cream and or whipped cream
Notes
*honeycrisp worked really well, a mixture of braeburn and granny smith would be good for a sweet and tart combination; peeling optional
**I used bartlett but bosc would also work; peeling optional

Amazing pear and apple crisp, we are obsessed

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it onInstagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce

Winter Fruit Crisp

Winter Fruit Crisp

Apple Pie Crumble Bars

Apple Pie Crumble Bars

Oreo Pound Cake with Chocolate Cream Cheese Icing

Rich and ultra delicious oreo pound cake layered with luscious chocolate cream cheese icing.

Oreo Pound Cake with Chocolate Cream Cheese Icing <- want for my next birthday!

When you are a dessert blogger AND have run your own bakery, the expectations for birthday desserts are exponential. Not only that, but I always want to top the previous year’s birthday dessert with something new and better. Combine that with the fact that Matt actually baked for my birthday this year and last, his birthday dessert had to be pretty epic.

Holy CAKE - Oreo Pound Cake with Chocolate Cream Cheese Icing

Luckily, this cake is epic. I took an always successful cream cheese pound cake and loaded it up with oreos and baked it in layers to make way for some extra perfect chocolate cream cheese icing. This cake is no joke. The amount of butter and cream cheese used is pretty shameful, but it is completely worth it. In fact, Matt wouldn’t even share the leftovers with anyone (except me, phew!) and my father-in-law requested a re-make for his birthday as well.

Oreo Pound Cake with Chocolate Cream Cheese Icing - now everyone requests this cake!

I promise, if you bake this it will not disappoint!

EPIC Oreo Pound Cake!

Oreo Pound Cake with Chocolate Cream Cheese Icing
 
Rich and ultra delicious oreo pound cake layered with luscious chocolate cream cheese icing.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12-16 servings
Ingredients
Chocolate Chip Cream Cheese Pound Cake
  • 340g (1½ cups) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 227g (1 8-ounce block regular or light cream cheese)
  • 640g (~3 cups) granulated sugar
  • 330g (6 whole large) eggs at room temperature
  • 325g (~3 cups) cake flour, sifted
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) pure vanilla extract
  • The inside of 1 vanilla bean
  • 1g (1/4 teaspoon) salt
  • 127g (~1½ cups) chopped regular Oreos (from 10 cookies)
Chocolate Cream Cheese Icing
  • 227g (1 8-ounce block) regular or light cream cheese, softened at room temperature
  • 227g (1 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 480g (3 cups) powdered sugar
  • 75g (3/4 cup) unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) pure vanilla extract
Instructions
Make the cake:
  1. Pre-heat oven to 325 degrees; grease and flour two 9-inch round cake pans; line bottoms of pans with parchment paper and grease and flour the parchment paper; set aside
  2. In the bowl of an electric mixer, beat butter and cream cheese on medium-high speed until light and creamy; add sugar and beat mixture until light and fluffy; scrape the sides of the bowl
  3. Add eggs, one at a time, mixing on medium speed between each one until incorporated; mix in vanilla bean and extract on medium speed until combined and then scrape the sides of the bowl
  4. With mixer on low, slowly add the flour and the salt just until combined; do not overmix
  5. Remove bowl from mixer and fold in Oreos
  6. Pour batter into prepared baking pans and bake 40-50 minutes or until a knife comes out clean from center of each layer; edges will brown slightly; do not overbake
  7. Set aside cake to cool and prepare icing
Make the icing:
  1. Beat cream cheese on high speed with an electric mixer until smooth
  2. Add butter and beat until light and creamy; scrape the sides of the bowl with a spatula and beat for another minute
  3. Add cocoa powder and mix on low speed until combined
  4. Add half of the powdered sugar and mix on low speed until combined
  5. Add remaining powdered sugar and vanilla and mix on low speed until combined; scrape the sides of the bowl again and beat on high speed until icing is light and fluffy
Notes
Cake very slightly adapted from Brown Eyed Baker

 

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

3-Layer Cookies ‘n Cream Cake

3-Layer Cookies ‘n Cream Cake

Fudgy Black and White Devil’s Food Cake

Fudgy Black and White Devil's Food Cake

Mini Cookies and Cream Cupcakes

Mini Cookies and Cream Cupcakes

The most amazing oreo birthday cake!

Oatmeal Cookie Wedges with Cinnamon & Chocolate Chips

Chewy oatmeal cookie bars filled with cinnamon and chocolate chips then drizzled with extra chocolate make a delicious and pretty party treat.

Chewy Oatmeal Cookie Wedges with Cinnamon & Chocolate Chips

It’s so exciting when one of my friends publishes a cookbook! And in the world of blog friends, it seems to be happening more and more often. Lucky for me, my friend Miriam at Overtime Cook was generous enough to send me a copy of her newly published Something Sweet!

Miriam is a Jewish blogger from NYC that often has holiday-friendly desserts, but her cookbook is really just perfect for anyone with a sweet tooth. And given that she offers many dairy-free baking options (helpful if you are keeping kosher), it could even be useful for the dairy allergy dessert lovers in your life. Delicious dessert for everybody!

Seriously good oatmeal cookie wedges! Perfect for entertaining

The cookbook is full of gorgeous photos and a huge variety of desserts. In addition to these oatmeal cookie wedges, I really want to try Miriam’s fruity pebble cookies and peanut butter and banana chocolate chip bundt cake (duh). It was actually really hard to pick what recipe to try first but alas I settled on something that would be easy and fast to make.

These oatmeal cookie wedges are just that, easy! They are chewy, crunchy and full of flavor (lots of cinnamon plus bursts of chocolate!) but unlike baking cookies, you don’t have to spoon out each individual serving. Instead, you spread the batter into two cake pans and bake that way. So simple!

Chewy Oatmeal Cookie Wedges with Cinnamon & Chocolate!!!

5.0 from 2 reviews
Oatmeal Cookie Wedges with Cinnamon & Chocolate Chips
 
Chewy oatmeal cookie bars filled with cinnamon and chocolate chips then drizzled with extra chocolate make a delicious and pretty party treat.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 24 servings
Ingredients
  • 237 milliliters (1 cup) oil (I used canola)
  • 212g (1 cup) granulated sugar
  • 234g (1 cup tightly packed) brown sugar
  • 165g (3 whole large) eggs
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • 3g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 30 milliliters (2 tablespoons) milk (I used almond milk)
  • 262g (2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 120g (1½ cups) old-fashioned oats
  • 90g (3/4 cup) cinnamon chips*
  • 90g (1/2 cup) semi-sweet chocolate chips* (original recipe calls for 1 cup total of add-ins)
  • optional: additional chocolate for drizzling
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; grease 2 9-inch round baking pans (I recommend lining with parchment paper for easy removal) and set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat oil and sugars on medium speed until combined
  3. Add eggs, baking soda, vanilla, cinnamon, salt and milk; beat until smooth
  4. With mixer speed reduced to low, carefully add flour and mix just until combined; add oatmeal and mix just until combined; stir in chips and do not overmix
  5. Divide cookie dough evenly between baking pans
  6. Bake for 30 minutes or until center has just set; do not overbake
  7. Allow to cool completely before removing from pan and slicing
  8. Optional: once cookies have cooled, melt chocolate and drizzle over cookies
  9. Store in an airtight container or ziplock bag; best enjoyed within 4 days of baking kept frozen up to two months
Notes
Recipe from Something Sweet (with permission)
*replace cinnamon chips and chocolate chips with DAIRY-FREE chocolate chips if making dairy-free

Oatmeal Cookie Wedges - pretty dessert for parties!

*This post contains affiliate links

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Salted Caramel & Peanut Oatmeal Cookies

Salted Caramel & Peanut Oatmeal Cookies

Chocolate Chunk Pistachio Oatmeal Cookies

Chocolate Chunk Pistachio Oatmeal Cookies

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies

One Bowl Pumpkin Blondies

Amazing pumpkin blondies that are easy to make. With chewy centers and crispy crackly tops, you will love this one-bowl dessert.

Amazing (ONE BOWL!!) Pumpkin Blondies

My sister’s engagement party is just a couple of weeks away and I’m so excited! It feels like a big kick off to about a year of celebrations. Of course for her shower and bachelorette party I’ll have to do a ton of planning, but for this event, I didn’t have a lot of responsibilities. In fact, my mom will have about 64 different desserts (or so it seems), and just asked me to make pumpkin blondies. Of course I was happy to oblige.

Lucky for me, these pumpkin blondies are not only delicious, but they are also so easy to make. Only one bowl (okay, really  a pot) is required so there is less cleanup, too! A recipe that allows me to stir by hand, put something in the oven and do a yoga workout during naptime is pretty ideal. I really need to start making one-bowl desserts more often.

Amazing (ONE BOWL!!) Pumpkin Blondies

5.0 from 2 reviews
One Bowl Pumpkin Blondies
 
Amazing pumpkin blondies that are easy to make. With chewy centers and crispy crackly tops, you will love this one-bowl dessert.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 24 blondies
Ingredients
  • 700g (~3 cups firmly packed) light brown sugar
  • 170g (3/4 cup) unsalted butter
  • 120g (½ cup) canned pumpkin (NOT pumpkin pie filling)
  • 110 (~2 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) vanilla extract
  • 460g (~3 cups + 6 tablespoons) all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking powder
  • 5g salt (1 teaspoon)
  • 3g (1½ teaspoons) ground cinnamon
  • 1g (½ teaspoon) ground nutmeg
  • 90g (3/4 cup) white chocolate chips
  • 90g (3/4 cup) cinnamon chips
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Line a 13×9 pan with parchment paper; set aside
  3. In a medium heavy duty saucepan, heat brown sugar, butter and pumpkin over medium heat and stir constantly until melted into a thick golden brown mixture; remove from heat
  4. Whisk in eggs and vanilla until combined
  5. Whisk in flour, salt, baking powder, cinnamon and nutmeg just until combined; stir in chips
  6. Pour batter into prepared pan; Bake for 36-40 minutes or until top begins to crack and a knife or toothpick comes out clean
  7. Allow to cool before removing from pan and slicing; wrap leftovers tightly in seran wrap or tin foil and enjoy within one week; can be frozen for up to one month

 

Amazing (ONE BOWL!!) Pumpkin Blondies

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Apple Cinnamon Blondies

Apple Cinnamon Blondies

Pumpkin Blondies with Caramelized White Chocolate Swirl

Pumpkin Blondies with Caramelized White Chocolate Swirl

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies

Mini Pumpkin Chocolate Chip Cookies

These are the perfect pumpkin cookie. Crispy edges, chewy middle and lots of chocolate chips!

Mini Pumpkin Chocolate Chip Cookies!!!!!

We are getting closer to L’s birthday, just under a month to go. In fact, I can see so many ways he is now transitioning from baby to toddler (insert many, many tears). There’s the way he arches his back and immediately turns around to stand in his car seat and play rather than sit so I can buckle him in. There are the moments when we are reading books and he is very, very opinionated about which ones we read. Farm books are almost a guaranteed win but my favorite Little Blue Truck is not so popular these days. Oh yeah, and last week he started diving towards his crib instead of letting me walk him around with his head rested on my shoulder before naps and bedtime. So amazing to watch him grow, yet so very bittersweet.

Mini pumpkin chocolate chip cookies - chewy and so delicious!

And as we are getting closer to his birthday, I’m realizing I really need to get my you-know-what together for a menu plan. I already told you about all the mini cookies I want to make but after that I’m still all over the place. I’m also thinking about doing cookie favors (it’s a mostly adult / family party) but I don’t even know what flavors to make. I think I’m in a little bit of denial that his birthday will be here before we know it.

CHEWY mini pumpkin chocolate chip cookies

The good news? These cookies. If the only thing to eat at the party is these perfect mini pumpkin cookies, I don’t think anyone will mind. Seriously. I knew they were going to be winners before they even went into the oven (hello, delicious cookie dough). The flavor and texture is insanely perfect. It’s hard to get that in a pumpkin cookie but here are a few reasons they are still the perfect balance of crispy and chewy:

  1. 1) Canned pumpkin is limited to just 1/3 of a cup (high amounts of canned pumpkin = cakey cookies). Don’t worry, we make up for it with seasonings!
  2. 2) The pumpkin is cooked with the butter to reduce some of the excess liquid and enhance flavor.
  3. 3) There are no eggs! Eggs sometimes make baked goods cakey so I took them out. Pumpkin cookie dough for everyone!

So if you make one new cookie recipe this month, please do me a favor and make it this recipe for mini pumpkin chocolate chip cookies.

5.0 from 1 reviews
Mini Pumpkin Chocolate Chip Cookies
 
These are the perfect pumpkin cookie. Crispy edges, chewy middle and lots of chocolate chips!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 5 dozen cookies
Ingredients
  • 170g (3/4 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 81g (1/3 cup) canned pumpkin
  • 262g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 3g (½ teaspoon) baking soda
  • 5 grams (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 3g (1 ½ teaspoons) ground cinnamon
  • ½g (1/4 teaspoon) ground nutmeg
  • 234g (~1 cup, packed) light brown sugar
  • 106g (~1/2 cup) granulated sugar
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 215g (~1¼ cups) mini semi-sweet chocolate chips
Instructions
  1. Melt butter and pumpkin in a saucepan over medium heat, stirring constantly; set aside to cool
  2. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour, baking soda, salt, cinnamon and nutmeg; set aside
  3. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat butter mixture, sugars and vanilla for several minutes on medium speed or until well-combined
  4. Reduce speed to low and stir in flour mixture (do not overmix)
  5. Fold in chocolate chips
  6. Chill dough in refrigerator for at least 24 hours (you can do less chilling, but texture will not be as good)
  7. Once dough has chilled, pre-heat oven to 325 degrees; cover baking sheets with parchment paper
  8. Scoop cookie dough with small cookie dough scoop (~1 tablespoon) onto prepared baking sheets so that cookies are spaced one inch apart
  9. Bake cookies 8-10 minutes or until brown around good portion of edges
  10. Set aside to cool
  11. Store cookies in an airtight container at room temperature up to a week (texture best first day or two) or freeze up to two months
Notes
Dough requires 24-48 hours of chilling time for best results

This post contains affiliate links.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Pumpkin & Ginger Ice Cream Sandwich Cookie Cake

Pumpkin and Ginger Ice Cream Sandwich Cookie Cake

Cinnamon Chip Whole Wheat Pumpkin Scones

Cinnamon Chip Whole Wheat Pumpkin Scones

Pumpkin Blondies with Caramelized White Chocolate

Pumpkin Blondies with Caramelized White Chocolate

Chocolate Covered Peanut Butter Ritz Sandwiches

A no-bake treat that every kid and adult will love, these chocolate covered peanut butter Ritz sandwiches are almost too good to be true!

Chocolate Covered Peanut Butter Ritz Sandwiches!!! only 4 ingredients!

These hardly need any explanation or recipe.

Except, they kind of do.

This past spring in Florida, when I took a brief break from eating Kilwins’ ice cream, I picked up an array of chocolates to bring back to the house and hide in my room share with everyone. When I saw that they had chocolate covered peanut butter and Ritz sandwiches, I couldn’t resist getting a few. But to be honest, I was a little disappointed in the finished product. They weren’t bad, per say, but you really couldn’t taste the peanut butter.

These Chocolate Covered PB Ritz Sandwiches are so much fun!

Well, it took me about four months to finally pick up a box of Ritz crackers (those would not typically be safe in my pantry), but I’m glad I did. I recreated the treat (and put it all on snapchat because I couldn’t resist), this time with the right amount of peanut butter, and then proceeded to eat too many to count. I wish I was kidding.

Anyway, this is definitely one of the easiest no-bake desserts (or really I’d prefer to call them snacks) you could possibly make. Buttery crackers topped with peanut butter and then dipped in chocolate should happen in your kitchen immediately.

5.0 from 1 reviews
Chocolate Covered Peanut Butter Ritz Sandwiches
 
A no-bake treat that every kid and adult will love, these chocolate covered peanut butter Ritz sandwiches are almost too good to be true!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 2 dozen sandwiches
Ingredients
  • 4 dozen Ritz crackers
  • 120g (~1/2 cup) creamy peanut butter
  • 500 grams good quality dark chocolate chocolate (I used 72%), roughly chopped (can substitute good quality milk chocolate if preferred)
  • 14g (1 tablespoon) unsalted butter
Instructions
  1. Lay half of your crackers (24) out on a baking sheet; spread about 1 teaspoon (5 grams) of peanut butter into each cracker (don't use much less or you won't be able to taste it!)
  2. Top each with a second Ritz cracker
  3. Place tray in freezer for a half hour to chill
  4. When ready, place chocolate and butter in a medium microwave-safe bowl; melt by microwaving in 30-second increments and stirring in-between; continue until melted and smooth
  5. Use two forks to dip sandwiches into melted chocolate
  6. Place dipped sandwiches onto parchment or wax paper and chill in refrigerator one hour
  7. Keep stored in an airtight container in a cool room or refrigerator until ready to enjoy
  8. Enjoy within one week for best results

 

Chocolate PB Ritz Sandwiches = winning!!!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream

PBRippleIceCream3_thumb.jpg

Chocolate & Peanut Butter Lover’s Bark

Chocolate & Peanut Butter Lover’s Bark

Chocolate PB Ritz Sandwiches... in LOVE

Vegan Apple Cake

A healthier spin on the classic apple dessert, this cake does not disappoint. No mixer needed for this apple cake!

Vegan apple cake that still really tastes good!

I’m pretty lucky that any photos of this cake exist. I baked it one morning while L was napping and then was setting up my shoot that afternoon while he decided that an afternoon nap just wasn’t necessary. So I took the pictures quickly and then proceeded to rock / feed L to sleep. There are worse things. I know those moments are fleeting these days so rather than be frustrated by the lack of “real” nap, I try to enjoy the sweet moment of a sleeping baby while I can. However, I don’t recommend that move with a full bladder. Just saying.

Awesome vegan apple cake

In the end it all worked out. L slept enough to play the late afternoon away, I got photos AND cuddle time. Oh yeah, and we got a pretty delicious cake. What’s interesting about this recipe is that you separate the apples so that you can top the batter with slices (which then end up on the bottom of the cake). I wasn’t sure how that would translate but I actually think it really helped seal in the moisture. That’s always a good thing when baking with whole wheat flour and less fat than a typical dessert.

Need a last minute high holiday dessert? This is dairy-free and perfect for your Rosh Hashanah spread. Don’t let the “vegan” scare you. There are no weird ingredients and you wouldn’t even know with the taste.

4.5 from 2 reviews
Vegan Apple Cake
 
A healthier spin on the classic apple dessert, this cake does not disappoint. No mixer needed for this apple cake!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 servings
Ingredients
  • 237 milliliters (1 cup) almond milk
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) apple cider vinegar
  • 450g (~2 large) apples, peeled
  • zest and juice of one lemon
  • 160g (~1 cup + 2 ½ tablespoons) all-purpose flour
  • 150g (~1 cup) white whole wheat flour
  • 10g (2 teaspoons) baking powder
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • ½g (1/4 teaspoon) ground ginger
  • 160g (3/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 118 milliliters (1/2 cup) canola oil
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) pure vanilla extract
  • 15g (1 tablespoon, packed) light brown sugar
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; grease a bundt pan with non-stick baking spray
  2. Combine milk and vinegar; set aside
  3. Slice one of the two apples (1/8 -¼ inch in thickness) into half-moons; mix with half of lemon juice and set aside
  4. Chop other apple into ¼-inch cubes and in another bowl, mix with remaining lemon juice; set aside
  5. In a large bowl, whisk together the flours, baking powder, cinnamon and ginger; set aside
  6. In a separate large bowl, whisk together the milk and vinegar, granulated sugar, oil and vanilla
  7. Slowly whisk in dry ingredients just until combined; fold in chopped apple
  8. Pour the batter into your prepared baking pan
  9. Place sliced apple on top of the batter and sprinkle with brown sugar
  10. Bake in the center of the oven for 35-40 minutes or until a skewer inserted into the cake comes out clean
Notes
Adapted from Cake Duchess

 

This apple cake was so good and it actually is vegan!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Vanilla Bean Apple Bundt Cake

Vanilla Bean Apple Bundt Cake

Pumpkin Cake with Pecan Pie Glaze

Pumpkin Cake with Pecan Pie Glaze

Vanilla Bean Bourbon Nectarine Bundt Cake

Vanilla Bean Bourbon Nectarine Bundt Cake

Apple Cake!!!

My Favorite Pumpkin Bread

Moist and flavorful pumpkin bread. This classic recipe is perfect for pumpkin bread or pumpkin muffins.

My Favorite Pumpkin Bread of All Time

 

*Sometimes things need a refresh. My favorite pumpkin bread was originally posted in 2010 with some painful-to-the-eyes photos. And while my photography skills have thankfully improved, the recipe, that I’ve loved ever since I was a kid, has not changed. My mom and I both make it every year! So here we are again with my very favorite pumpkin bread from childhood and some photos that I like to think are much easier on the eyes.*

In case you haven’t noticed, I have a sweet tooth:-) I always have room for dessert, but if you can make a side dish that tastes like a dessert, isn’t that even better?  Combining that with the fact that pumpkin is one of my all time favorite dessert flavors, you can understand why I’d be a fan of pumpkin bread.

Seriously good (and easy) pumpkin bread

I’ve had lots of pumpkin muffins and breads, some are dry, some are too dense, and some just lack a true pumpkin flavor.  This recipe, however, produces a light, moist and flavorful bread that also works for muffins.

Pumpkin Muffins
Just for kicks… one of the original photos!
Pumpkin Bread
And another, ouch.

This recipe is super easy.  It is the one my mom has been making for years and she had gotten it from a friend of hers originally.  You can do all of the stirring by hand so no mixer necessary.

First, take your dry ingredients (flour, sugar, baking soda, cinnamon, nutmeg and salt) and whisk them in a large bowl.

Set that aside and combine your wet ingredients, pumpkin, oil, water and eggs. Then add your wet ingredients to the dry. Stir until well combined. Pour into your pans and bake until bread and muffin tops are rounded and a knife comes out clean.

Perfect pumpkin muffins that are so easy to make

The recipe is originally set to make 3 pumpkin bread loaves, however I wanted a little bit of variety and made muffins too. (Sidenote: an ice cream scoop makes the perfect transfer to muffin tins). Eat it as a side dish or for breakfast.

My Favorite Pumpkin Bread
 
Moist and flavorful pumpkin bread. This classic recipe is perfect for pumpkin bread or pumpkin muffins.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 3 regular-sized loaves; 3 dozen regular sized muffins or 6 dozen mini muffins
Ingredients
  • 460g (~3½ cups) all-purpose flour
  • 635g (3 cups) granulated sugar
  • 10g (2 teaspoons) baking soda
  • 7½g (1½ teaspoons) salt
  • 4g (2 teaspoons) cinnamon
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) nutmeg
  • 425g (~1¾ cup) canned pumpkin, NOT pumpkin pie filling
  • 237 milliliters (1 cup) canola oil
  • 160 milliliters (2/3 cup) water
  • 220g (4 large) whole eggs
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Grease pans with non-stick cooking spray and/or line muffin tins with cup holders
  3. Whisk together dry ingredients (flour through salt) in a large bowl and set aside
  4. Combine wet ingredients (pumpkin through eggs)
  5. Add your wet ingredients to your dry ingredients and mix well until combined
  6. Pour batter into baking pans
  7. Baking times for different forms:
  8. Loaves: 45 minutes to 1 hour
  9. Regular muffins: 18 to 25 minutes
  10. Mini muffins: 16 to 20 minutes
  11. Bake until bread and muffin tops are rounded and a knife comes out clean
  12. Cool pumpkin bread out of baking pans on wire rack
Notes
Store bread wrapped in seran and muffins in a ziplock bag at room temperature up to one week or frozen up to two months

What is your favorite dessert-like side dish?

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You may also like:

Pumpkin Cake with Pecan Pie Glaze

Pumpkin Cake with Pecan Pie Glaze

Gluten-Free Pumpkin Muffins

Gluten-free Pumpkin Muffins

 

Easy Low Fat Pumpkin Sheet Cake

 

Easy Low Fat Pumpkin Sheet Cake

 

Pumpkin bread and pumpkin muffins, what could be better?

Mini M&M Cookies

Mini cookies loaded with M&Ms. These are the perfect party cookie!

I just love these mini cookies for a party! Plus, M&M cookies are the best.

Now that I’m thinking about a special someone’s first birthday, I’m fully focused on what his first sweet treat should be and what kinds of sweets we will have at his party. I change my mind constantly going back and forth on different ideas, but thought that having a variety of mini cookies at the celebration would be fun.

My whole family was obsessed with these cute little M&M Cookies

The first recipe I decided to try out was this Mini M&M Cookie recipe. They are made from a pretty fabulous brown-sugar based cookie dough that bakes up so nicely. Usually I find that a larger cookie is best for maximizing texture quality, but this dough really worked well this way. Crispy edges? Check. Chewy middle? Check. Sweet and delicious? You bet!

Mini M&M Cookies!!!!!

5.0 from 1 reviews
Mini M&M Cookies
 
Mini cookies loaded with M&Ms. These are the perfect party cookie!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~5 dozen cookies
Ingredients
  • 262g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 3g (½ teaspoon) baking soda
  • 170g (3/4 cup) unsalted butter, melted
  • 350g (~1½ cups, packed) light brown sugar
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 75g (~1 large egg + 1 yolk) eggs at room temperature
  • 170g (~1½ cups) mini M&Ms
Instructions
  1. In a medium bowl, whisk flour, baking soda and salt; set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat butter and sugar until well-combined
  3. Beat in eggs and vanilla until a mixture is a light creamy color
  4. Reduce speed to low and stir in flour mixture (do not overmix)
  5. Fold in M&Ms
  6. Chill dough in refrigerator for 24-48 hours for best texture and flavor results
  7. Once dough has chilled, pre-heat oven to 325 degrees; cover baking sheets with parchment paper
  8. Scoop cookie dough with small cookie dough scoop (~1 teaspoons) onto prepared baking sheets
  9. Bake cookies ~10 minutes or until brown around good portion of edges
  10. Set aside to cool
  11. Texture of cookies best within 24 hours; cookies can be enjoyed up to one week at room temperature or one month frozen if stored in an air-tight container
Notes
Dough requires 24-48 hours of chilling time for best results

 

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

No Churn Monster Cookie Dough Ice Cream

Monster Cookie Dough Ice Cream

Mega M&M Cookies

Mega M&M Cookies

M&M Cookie Dough Cups

M&M Cookie Dough Cups

Easy Honey Cake for Rosh Hashanah

An easy and traditional Rosh Hashanah dessert to celebrate a sweet new year.

The easiest honey cake for Rosh Hashanah!

The Jewish holidays are so early this year so it’s a bit of a rush to get organized. Granted, I don’t have that much to do for the holidays, just some baking, but it’s hard to think about those warm fall flavors that we are used to when menu planning in August.

So I eased into things and started with this honey cake. At first glance the honey cake might be overlooked in its simplicity, but this version is so moist and full of warm comforting flavors (lots of cinnamon and some nutmeg, too) that it’s worth of a spot on your table. It’s sweet (for a sweet new year of course) so while there is a part of me that wants to fancy things up with whipped cream or powdered sugar at least, the smarter side of me knows that a slice of this honey cake just calls for a cup of hot tea or dark coffee.

A delicious and easy honey cake for a sweet new year

You know what else made this cake exciting? See that photo above? We got two huge jars of beautiful raw local honey through our CSA. At first I didn’t know what to do with it, we really don’t use honey often, but it was perfect to have on hand when I wanted to bake this honey cake. Some people discourage baking with raw honey because it kind of defeats the purpose of it being “raw”, but if you have a lot of honey, I say you should bake this cake!

My family loves this honey cake. It's our new tradition for Rsh Hashanah!

5.0 from 1 reviews
Easy Honey Cake for Rosh Hashanah
 
An easy and traditional Rosh Hashanah dessert to celebrate a sweet new year.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Cuisine: Jewish
Makes: 16 servings
Ingredients
  • 440g (~3⅓ cups)all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking powder
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 3g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 8g (4 teaspoons) ground cinnamon
  • ½g (1/2 teaspoon) ground nutmeg
  • ¼g (1/2 teaspoon) ground cloves
  • 237 milliliters (1 cup) vegetable or canola oil
  • 340g (1 cup) honey
  • 300g (~1⅓ cups) granulated sugar
  • 95g (~1/3 cup, tightly packed) brown sugar
  • 165g (3 whole large) eggs at room temperature
  • 237 milliliters (1 cup) warm coffee
  • 118 milliliters (1/2 cup) orange juice
  • 30 milliliters (2 tablespoons) whiskey
  • 30 milliliters (2 tablespoons) vanilla extract
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; line a 9x13 pan with parchment paper and lightly butter or spray well with nonstick cooking spray
  2. In a large bowl, whisk together the flour, baking powder, baking soda, salt, cinnamon, nutmeg and cloves; set aside
  3. In the large bowl of electric mixer combine remaining ingredients (oil through vanilla) on low speed until well combined
  4. While mixer is still on low, slowly add dry ingredients; continue mixing for several minutes just until combined.; batter should be smooth and have a little thickness
  5. Pour batter into baking pan and bake 40-45 minutes or until a knife or toothpick comes out clean from center
  6. Allow cake to cool for 30 minutes before carefully removing from pan
  7. Cake can be wrapped well in seran and stored at room temperature up to five days or frozen up to one month
Notes
Barely adapted from Smitten Kitchen (who got the recipe from this cookbook)

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

This post contains affiliate links.

You might also like:

Black and White Cookie Cake

Black and White Cookie Cake

Rugelach, Three Ways

Rugelach, Three Ways

Apple Pie Crumble Bars

Apple Pie Crumble Bars

The easiest honey cake for Rosh Hashanah!

Cranberry and White Chocolate Pistachio Dusted Cookies

Chewy cookies loaded with dried cranberries and white chocolate chips then coated with layers of MORE white chocolate AND pistachios.

Cranberry and White Chocolate Pistachio Dusted Cookies <--- such a fun party gift idea!

Last week I needed a dessert to use as a thank you gift and wanted something pretty and portable. Cookies are always great for that sort of thing but this time I felt like jazzing mine up. I started with a brown sugar cookie dough base, loaded them up with white chocolate and cranberries (always a good sweet and tart flavor combination) and then dipped them in more white chocolate. The addition of pistachios was key for a bit of salt and a nice little crunch. Who needs sprinkles when pistachios are pretty AND add flavor?!

I’ll definitely be keeping this recipe up my sleeve when it comes time for holiday baking. Maybe I’ll even swap in fresh cranberries when the season permits!

Cranberry White Chocolate Pistachio Dusted Cookies <----- MUST make!

 

Cranberry and White Chocolate Pistachio Dusted Cookies
 
Chewy cookies loaded with dried cranberries and white chocolate chips then coated with layers of MORE white chocolate AND pistachios.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~20 cookies
Ingredients
  • 262g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 3g (½ teaspoon) baking soda
  • 170g (3/4 cup) unsalted butter, melted
  • 350g (~1½ cups, packed) light brown sugar
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 75g (~1 large egg + 1 yolk) eggs at room temperature
  • 175g (~1 cup) white chocolate chips
  • 120g (~3/4 cup) dried cranberries
  • 450g  good quality white chocolate in disks or roughly chopped
  • 75g (~1/2 cup) salted pistachios in a mix of finely chopped and crumbs
Instructions
  1. In a medium bowl, whisk flour, baking soda and salt; set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat butter and sugar until well-combined
  3. Beat in eggs and vanilla until a mixture is a light creamy color
  4. Reduce speed to low and stir in flour mixture (do not overmix)
  5. Fold in craisins and chips
  6. Chill dough in refrigerator for 24-48 hours for best texture and flavor results
  7. Once dough has chilled, pre-heat oven to 325 degrees; cover baking sheets with parchment paper
  8. Scoop cookie dough with large cookie dough scoop (~3 tablespoons) onto prepared baking sheets
  9. Bake large cookies 16-18 minutes or until brown around good portion of edges
  10. Set aside to cool and lay out wax or parchment paper for when you dip your cookies
  11. Once cookies have cooled, melt your white chocolate for dipping; place it in a heat-safe bowl and microwave in 30-second increments, stirring in-between each, until melted
  12. One at a time, dip half of a cookie into white chocolate and immediately sprinkle with pistachio crumbs
  13. Place cookies on wax or parchment paper and allow white chocolate to harden before serving or wrapping as a gift
Notes
Dough requires 24-48 hours of chilling time for best results

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

 You might also like:

Whipped Caramelized White Chocolate Ganache

Whipped Caramelized White Chocolate Ganache

Pistachio Muffins

Pistachio Muffins

Cranberry Chocolate Chunk Brown Butter Cookies

Cranberry Chocolate Chunk Brown Butter Cookies

No Churn Blueberry Crisp Ice Cream

Another amazing no churn ice cream recipe full of homemade blueberry sauce and buttery crisp topping. No ice cream maker, no problem!

No Churn Blueberry Crisp Ice Cream <- must make before summer is over!

Sometimes weeks are just insane. Last week was crazy for numerous reasons, add to that, my husband didn’t have an operating cell phone for five days, but I managed to make this ice cream and that made everything better.

That’s a lie, it didn’t fix everything, but it made the stress of what we were going through much more palatable. Besides, this isn’t any old ice cream. This ice cream is basically two desserts in one.

No Churn Blueberry Crisp Ice Cream OMG!!!!!

So if you are completely strange anything like my sister, and you like fruit crisp and you like ice cream but DON’T like them together because of the contrasting temperatures (seriously, who are you?), this ice cream pretty much has solved your life’s biggest problem.

No Churn Blueberry Crisp Ice Cream
 
Another amazing no churn ice cream recipe full of homemade blueberry sauce and buttery crisp topping. No ice cream maker, no problem!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~1½ quarts
Ingredients
Crumble:
  • 55g (~1/2 cup) oat flour* (I pulsed my oatmeal in the food processor until it was the consistency of flour)
  • 40g (~1/2 cup) old fashioned oatmeal*
  • 70g (~1/3 cup, tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • 1g (1/2 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • 55g (1/4 cup / ½ stick) cold unsalted butter, cut into small cubes
Blueberry filling:
  • 140g (~1 cup) fresh blueberries (frozen can be substituted for slightly longer cooking time)
  • 25g (~2 tablespoons) granulated sugar
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) fresh lemon juice (about ½ lemon)
  • 5g (~1/2 tablespoon) cornstarch
Ice cream:
  • 16 fluid ounces (2 cups) heavy cream
  • 1 14-ounce can sweetened condensed milk (I used fat free, but any type would work)
  • 5 millimeters (1 teaspoon) vanilla bean paste (or vanilla extract)
Instructions
Make crumble
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; line a baking sheet with parchment paper and set aside
  2. In a medium bowl, prepare topping; mix together oat flour, oatmeal, brown sugar and cinnamon
  3. Add butter and use fingers to combine until mixture is slightly lumpy
  4. Spread mixture out in parchment paper and bake for 12-14 minutes or until lightly browned; set aside to cool
While crumble is baking, make blueberry sauce
  1. Place blueberries, sugar and lemon juice in a medium pot stove with medium heat
  2. Stir occasionally until some of the berries begin to break down and juice begins to form (~4 minutes)
  3. Turn the heat to high, add cornstarch and stir quickly until sauce reaches desired thickness (1-2 minutes)
  4. Place sauce in refrigerator to cool for 30 minutes
Once ready, finish making ice cream
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream on high speed for several minutes, just until stiff peaks form
  2. While whipping cream, in a separate large bowl, stir together sweetened condensed milk and vanilla bean; fold in blueberry sauce
  3. Once cream is ready, fold it into sweetened condensed milk mixture
  4. Pour half of ice cream into a regular-sized loaf pan and drop one third of crumble over top (use fingers to break into pieces); top with remaining ice cream and then with half of remaining crumble; wrap well with seran wrap or tin foil
  5. Freeze for 6 hours or overnight before serving
  6. Use remaining crumble for serving
Notes
Sauce and crumble can be made up to one week before putting ice cream together, refrigerate each in an airtight container until ready to use
Blueberry filling from this mixed berry sauce
Topping from this fruit crisp

No Churn Blueberry Crisp Ice Cream <--- my new favorite

Blueberry Crisp Ice Cream --- no ice cream maker needed!!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Blueberry White Chocolate Brown Butter Cookies

Blueberry White Chocolate Brown Butter Cookies

No Bake Blueberry Pie

No Bake Blueberry Pie

Summer Berry Skillet Crisp

Summer Berry Skillet Crisp

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake

An ice cream cake with all the important components of the classic Drumstick treat!

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake!!! OMG

You didn’t think I’d let National Ice Cream Month pass without a new ice cream related recipe on the blog, did you? Please, I wouldn’t dare! Actually, I almost forgot, but last week I finally got around to making this pretty epic ice cream cake.

This cake was entirely inspired by the Drumstick cake that Kristan made a couple of months ago. As soon as I saw it I knew I had to do an ice cream version and I’m so glad that I finally did!

This might be the most epic ice cream cake!

This ice cream cake uses one of my favorite chocolate cake recipes (I wanted something on the fudgier side), store-bought vanilla ice cream (homemade would be even better), rich chocolate ganache (the unexpected mvp?), and a mix of crushed peanuts and ice cream cones. So much good stuff, such a good cake. I keep on cutting myself massive slices and rationalize that I won’t be burning breastfeeding calories forever so I might as well live it up.

So I realize that the recipe looks long, but it really isn’t all that hard. It just takes a little bit of planning ahead for freezer time and you can actually do 90% of the work while your chocolate cake is baking / cooling. As a mom of a 9-month old that does not stop moving and climbing and crawling, I have to do my baking during naps. I actually did the ice cream and cake prep one day and then finished everything else plus took photos the next. Poor little L doesn’t know what he’s missing while he sleeps!

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake
 
Fudgy Chocolate Cake Barely adapted from Sticky, Chewy, Messy, Gooey Make ahead note: chocolate cake can be made and frozen for up to two weeks before putting cake together
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12
Ingredients
  • 1 recipe for fudgy chocolate cake (see below)
  • ½ gallon vanilla ice cream
  • 1 recipe for chocolate ganache (see below)
  • 62g (~1½ cup crushed) ice cream cones (5 cones) plus one optional additional cone for decoration
  • 90g (~3/4 cup) chopped peanuts (use salted and roasted for the most flavor)
  • 56g dark chocolate (I used 72%) roughly chopped (optional for decorating)
Instructions
  1. Bake cake according to below directions and do the following steps while cake layers are cooling
  2. Line a 9-inch cake pan with seran wrap and press ice cream down into pan; cover completely and then put this layer in the freezer until firm, about 1 hour
  3. Combine crushed ice cream cones and peanuts and set aside
  4. Make chocolate ganache and set aside to cool
  5. Optional: Place dark chocolate in small heat-safe dish and melt by microwaving in 30-second increments and stirring between each; dip open end of cone into chocolate and coat with spoon so that a some of the outside of the cone is covered; sprinkle with peanut and cone pieces and then set aside on wax or parchment paper to dry
  6. Once cake has cooled completely, you will start to put your full cake together (do these steps quickly)
  7. Place first layer of cake down on a cake plate; top cake with unwrapped ice cream layer; top ice cream with second layer of cake and press down lightly
  8. Cover cake with saran wrap and re-freeze until ice cream is frozen again, about 20 minutes
  9. Once cake has frozen, remove from freezer to finish
  10. Remove seran wrap and spread ganache over top of cake with some dripping down the sides
  11. Coat sides of cake with chopped cone and peanut mixture
  12. Place entire cake back in freezer to chill for one hour or until ready to serve
  13. Optional: Place decorated ice cream cone on top of cake for serving
  14. Allow a few minutes for cake to soften before slicing
  15. Store in freezer for up to two weeks

 
Fudgy Chocolate Cake
 
Ingredients
  • 43g (~1/3 cup) good quality dark unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 1g (1 teaspoon) instant espresso powder
  • 112g dark chocolate (I used 72%), roughly chopped
  • 240 milliliters (1 cup) ounces boiling water
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) vanilla extract
  • 227g (1 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 232g (~1 cup, tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • 210g (~1 cup) granulated sugar
  • 150g (~3 large) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • 246g (~2¼ cups) cake flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 4g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 240 millilters (1 cup) buttermilk
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Grease and flour two 9-inch round pans and line bottoms with parchment paper
  3. In a medium heat-proof bowl, combine the cocoa powder, espresso powder and chocolate; pour boiling water over mixture and whisk together until melted and smooth; stir in vanilla; set aside to cool
  4. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with paddle attachment, beat butter until light and creamy; add sugars and beat on medium speed until light and fluffy; add eggs, one at a time, mixing at medium speed between each
  5. Sift cake flour, baking soda and salt into a medium bowl and set aside
  6. Whisk buttermilk into cooled chocolate mixture
  7. Add about ⅓ of the flour mixture to mixing bowl and mix on low speed just until combined; add half of chocolate mixture and mix on low again, just until combined; scrape the sides of the mixing bowl and repeat with ⅓ of flour mixture remaining chocolate mixture; remove bowl from mixer and fold in remaining dry ingredients; be careful not to overmix the batter
  8. Pour batter into prepared pans and bake for 30-35 minutes or until a toothpick comes out clean from center of cakes
  9. Set cake layers aside to cool for 10 minutes then carefully remove each layer from pans; run a knife around the edge of each layer for easier removal
  10. Allow to cool completely before building cake
Notes
Barely adapted from Sticky, Chewy, Messy, Gooey
Make ahead note: chocolate cake can be made and frozen for up to two weeks before putting cake together

Chocolate Ganache
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Ingredients
  • 225g dark chocolate (I used 72%), finely chopped
  • 237 milliliters (1 cup) heavy cream
  • 28 g (2 tablespoons) unsalted butter at room temperature
  • 30 milliliters (2 tablespoons) light corn syrup
Instructions
  1. Put chocolate in a heatproof bowl and set aside
  2. Put remaining ingredients in a heavy saucepan and place over medium-high heat; stir constantly until butter is melted
  3. When cream mixture comes to a boil and bubbles begin to rise on entire surface, remove from heat and pour over chocolate
  4. Allow chocolate to sit for one minute then stir to combine until smooth and creamy
  5. Allow to cool before using on ice cream cake

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake!!! <--- this is amazing

You know you want that slice.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

This post contains affiliate links.

You might also like:

No Churn Chocolate Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts

No Churn Chocolate Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts

 

Sublime Peanut Butter Cup Ice Cream Pie

SUBLIME Peanut Butter Cup Ice Cream Pie!!!

 

Fudgy Brownie Crunch Banana Ice Cream Pie

Fudgy Brownie Crunch Banana Ice Cream Pie

Brown Butter Blueberry Chocolate Chunk Blondies

Chewy brown butter blondies bursting with fresh blueberries and dark chocolate chunks.

Brown Butter Blueberry Chocolate Chunk Blondies <----- drooling!

I guess I’m on a blondie bender. Is that a thing? After this recipe, I made a monster batch of my famous KISD blondies for a friend, last week I ran into the kitchen to make this new recipe and then I actually doubled it to make it again for a crowd but swapped cherries for the blueberries.

Oh brown butter. I made a brown butter blueberry cookie last summer and loved them so much I just knew this blondie would be good. And if my lack of self-control immediately after taking pictures of the blondies is any indication, the recipe is seriously good. It’s a good thing I brought a few to a friend because otherwise I would have eaten the entire batch that day.

Pretty much the best blondies ever

*This post has been edited to include the recipe*

Brown Butter Blueberry Chocolate Chunk Blondies
 
Chewy brown butter blondies bursting with fresh blueberries and dark chocolate chunks.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 servings
Ingredients
  • 112 grams / 4 ounces (1/2 cup / 1 stick) unsalted butter
  • 350 grams / 12⅜ ounces (~1½ cups packed) light brown sugar
  • 200 grams / 7 ounces (~1½ cups) all-purpose flour
  • 8 grams (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 3 grams (1/2 teaspoon) baking powder
  • 110 grams / 3⅞ ounces (2 large) whole eggs
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • 112 grams / 4 ounces (~3/4 cup) dark chocolate chunks
  • 100 grams / 3½ ounces (~3/4 cup) fresh blueberries
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; line an 8×8 or 9×9 baking dish with parchment paper and set aside
  2. In a medium-sized saucepan over medium heat, brown the butter (stir butter constantly until it turns an amber/light brown color) and remove from heat
  3. Whisk in sugar until well combined and set aside
  4. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour, salt and baking powder; set aside
  5. In a large bowl, whisk together eggs and vanilla; whisk in butter and sugar mixture
  6. Whisk in flour mixture until almost combined and then fold in any remaining crumbs with a spatula
  7. Fold in chocolate and blueberries until evenly distributed throughout batter
  8. Pour into prepared baking pan
  9. Bake for 35-40 minutes or until a knife comes out clean
  10. Set aside to cool before cutting
Notes
Blondies will stay fresh for up to two days if wrapped or packaged in an air-tight container. They also freeze incredibly well, just wrap them tightly in tin foil.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Mango Summer Cake

A light chiffon cake topped with mango glaze and a layer of whipped cream. The perfect light and refreshing summer cake.

Mango Summer Cake

So last week I overloaded you with chocolate because that’s what I was craving. Today, though, I have a dessert to satisfy someone else’s cravings. Sweet Zainab is having a baby boy and loves all things tropical. As a result, her big group (seriously, everyone loves this girl and for good reason) of blog friends are throwing her a tropical virtual baby shower!

Mango cake!!!

You know I don’t do coconut, and actually, I don’t really bake with tropical fruit all that often so it took me some time to find the right dessert. My first try was a mango shortbread bar but the mango was a bit muddled and it just wasn’t all that great. This cake, however, has a really sweet layer of mango glaze that I love, though, that brings out the bright and fruity flavor. The cake and whipped cream topping surrounding that are super light and really perfect for summer dessert eating. While this wasn’t my typical dessert of choice, I really did like it. It definitely fulfills its obligations of being a light tropical summer treat!

Zainab, I wish we could sit down together with a fork and enjoy this cake! I’m so excited for you and all that you have to come. Baby boys are the best (not that I’m bias or anything) and you are going to be such an amazing mom!

Scroll down for the recipe and links for everyone else participating in the shower.

Mango Summer Cake

 

Mango Summer Cake
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12-16 servings
Ingredients
  • Cake:
  • 1 9.6-fluid ounce can mango nectar (~1 ¼ cups)
  • 130g (1¼ cups) sifted cake flour (sifted, then measured)
  • 150g (~¾ cup) granulated sugar + additional 6 grams (½ tablespoon)
  • 8g (1½ teaspoons) baking powder
  • 3g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 65g (3 large) egg yolks, at room temperature
  • 59 milliliters / 2 fluid ounces (1/4 cup) canola oil
  • 2g (1/2 tablespoon) lime zest (~1 lime) plus additional for serving
  • 160g (~4 large) egg whites, at room temperature
  • Glaze:
  • 90 milliliters / 3 fluid ounces (6 tablespoons) mango syrup (see directions below*)
  • 50g (~1/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon fresh lime juice (~1/2 lime)
  • Whipped Cream:
  • 237 milliliters / 8 fluid ounces (1 cup) whipping cream, cold
  • 25g (~2 tablespoons) granulated sugar
Instructions
  1. Make the Cake:
  2. In a small heavy-duty medium saucepan, make mango syrup* by simmering mango nectar over medium heat for about twenty minutes or until reduced to just under ¾ cup; remove from heat and set in fridge to cool to room temperature
  3. While mango syrup is cooling, make cake
  4. Pre-heat oven to 325; line a 9x13 cake pan with parchment paper and set aside
  5. Sift together flour, sugar (excluding additional amount), baking powder, and salt into a medium bowl; set aside
  6. In a separate large bowl, whisk egg yolks, canola oil, lime zest, and half of mango syrup (90 milliliters / 3 fluid ounces) until well combined (set aside remaining mango syrup); whisk in dry ingredients but do not overmix
  7. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat egg whites on medium high until soft peaks form; add and beat until stiff
  8. Gently fold one half of egg whites into yolk mixture; fold in remaining egg whites
  9. Pour batter into prepared pan and bake 24-28 minutes or until golden and knife comes out clean from center (do not overbake!)
  10. Set pan aside on a cake rack to cool
  11. Make the glaze:
  12. In a small heavy duty saucepan, boil sugar, lime juice, and mango syrup* until liquid is reduced to about ¼ cup (~5 minutes); pour glaze over cake
  13. Make whipped cream:
  14. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, combine whipping cream and sugar on medium-high speed for several minutes or until stiff peaks begin to form
  15. Carefully spread whipped cream over cake and cover and chill cake until ready to serve
  16. Top with additional lime zest before serving
  17. Enjoy within 1-2 days for best results
Notes
Adapted from Epicurious

Check out all the other recipes!

Blackberry Coconut Cupcakes, by Baking a Moment
Blueberry Coconut Meusli Bars, by The Spiffy Cookie
Blueberry-Ginger Coconut Cheesecake Popsicles, by Floating Kitchen
Caramel Coconut Cluster Bars, by Eats Well with Others
Chocolate Coconut Cake, by Brunch with Joy
Coconut Breakfast Pudding with Sauteed Nectarines, by Cooking and Beer
Coconut Cake, by I am Baker
Coconut Cream Pie Ice Cream, by The Recipe Rebel
Coconut Energy Bites, by The Kitchenarium
Coconut Key Lime Angel Food Cake Roll, by Flavor the Moments
Coconut Key Lime Pie Cookie Bars, by Two in the Kitchen
Coconut Key Lime Macarons, by Life Made Sweeter
Coconut, Lime, and White Chocolate Milkshake, by A Clean Bake
Coconut Pineapple Banana Smoothie, by The Bitter Side of Sweet
Coconut Pineapple Fried Rice with Shrimp, by Healthy Nibbles and Bits
Coconut Sweet Potato Muffins, by Luci’s Morsels
Double Chocolate Chip Cookies with Toasted Coconut, by The Cooking Actress
Key Lime Coconut Button Sandwich Cookies, by Culinary Concoctions by Peabody
Key Lime Coconut Pound Cake, by Grandbaby Cakes
Lavender Coconut Macarons, by Broma Bakery
Macaroon Tarts with Ginger Coconut Whipped Cream and Pineapple, by A Cookie Named Desire
Mango Coconut Donuts, by Chez Catey Lou
Mango Coconut Smoothie, by Jessica in the Kitchen
Mango Summer Cake, by Keep it Sweet Desserts
Mini Coconut Cream Pies, by Hip Foodie Mom
Pina Colada Pie, by Life, Love, and Sugar
Skinny Blueberry Lime Scones, by Club Narwhal
Spiced Lentils with Toasted Coconut, by This Gal Cooks
Toasted Coconut Banana Meringue Pie, by The Sweet {Tooth} Life
Triple Coconut Rum Layer Cake, by bethcakes
Tropical Pineapple Coconut Sangria, by Shared Appetite
White Chocolate Coconut Key Lime Cookies, by Culinary Couture

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Fudgy Mocha Chip Brownies with Espresso Sea Salt

The fudgiest brownies with a hint of mocha and touch of salt to kick any chocolate craving in the butt.

Incredible Fudgy Mocha Brownies! Look at the bits of espresso sea salt on top!!

Kind of like my beloved blondies, it’s been too long since I’ve made brownies. I know it’s summer and time for light fruit desserts or frozen ice cream treats, but all I wanted last week was a rich fudgy chocolaty brownie.

These brownies turned out to be perfect. They are thick and crazy fudgy. If anyone was looking for an end piece, I’m sorry but I pretty much ate all of the edges while cutting them for photos. I just couldn’t help myself and I don’t regret it one bit. And even though I don’t usually choose to put chips in my brownies, for some reason they seemed appropriate here. The dark chocolate mocha brownies are full of semi-sweet chips (you could use milk chocolate if you want to go sweeter) and they help the brownie to have layers of flavor. The mocha flavor is more an essence than overpowering and the espresso salt helps enhance it. If you don’t have espresso salt don’t expect too much coffee to come through.

Super Fudgy Mocha Brownies <---- need

Fudgy Mocha Chip Brownies with Espresso Sea Salt
 
The fudgiest brownies with a hint of mocha and touch of salt to kick any chocolate craving in the butt.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 24-30 servings
Ingredients
  • 256g unsweetened chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 340g (1½ cups / 3 sticks) unsalted butter
  • 415g (~2 cups) granulated sugar
  • 400g (~1¾ cups, packed) light brown sugar
  • 275g (~5 large) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • 89 milliliters (6 tablespoon) strong brewed espresso (4 grams (1½ tablespoons) espresso + 89 milliliters (6 tablespoons) water))
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) vanilla extract
  • 290g (~2 cups + 2 tablespoons) all-purpose flour
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 270g (1½ cups) semi-sweet chocolate chips*
  • ½g (1 teaspoon) espresso salt (can substitute flaky sea salt**)
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees;
  2. Line a 9x13 baking pan with parchment paper; set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour and salt; set aside
  4. Melt butter and chocolate in large pot over low to medium heat; remove when melted
  5. Stir in sugar until combined; stir in eggs, espresso and vanilla until smooth
  6. Whisk in flour mixture just until combined; do not overmix; fold in chocolate chips
  7. Pour batter into prepared baking dish and sprinkle with espresso salt
  8. Bake 40-45 minutes or until a knife comes out clean
  9. Set brownies aside to cool completely before slicing and serving
  10. Notes:
  11. *You can use milk chocolate chips instead if you want to enhance the sweetness of the brownies instead of the rich chocolate flavor
  12. **If you don’t have espresso salt don’t expect too much coffee to come through
  13. These brownies are great for making in advance. Just wrap them tightly in foil and store them in the freezer for up to one month. They might also taste good right out of the freezer. Not like I would know.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

This post contains affiliate links

You might also like:

Espresso Salted Caramel Buttercream Brownie Bites

Espresso Salted Caramel Buttercream Brownie Bites

Thick and Fudgy Peppermint Mocha Brownies

Thick and Fudgy Peppermint Mocha Brownies

Fudgy Double Creme de Menthe Brownies

Fudgy Double Creme de Menthe Brownies

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies

Chewy gooey blondies loaded with sweet cinnamon chips.

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies <- perfectly chewy, gooey and sweet!

Until this, I hadn’t made Blondies since L was born.

Which is a shame. Because 1) blondies are really my thing and 2) they are pretty much the easiest way to bake for a crowd. After churning out hundreds and thousands of them for a couple of years, I guess I just needed a little blondies hiatus. Don’t worry, though, because blondies are back!

This recipe, in particular, comes with a punch of cinnamon and that chewy gooey blondie we have all grown to love. Oh yeah and there is oatmeal for extra health chew.

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies <- great easy recipe to feed a crowd!

 

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies
 
Chewy gooey blondies loaded with sweet cinnamon chips.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 24 servings
Ingredients
  • 227g (1 cup) unsalted butter
  • 700g (~3 cups packed) light brown sugar
  • 270g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 120g(1½ cups) Old fashioned oats
  • 10g (2 teaspoons) table salt
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking powder
  • 220g (4 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 430g (2¼ cups) cinnamon chips
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; line a 9x13 baking dish with parchment paper and set aside
  2. In a medium-sized saucepan over medium heat, melt butter and brown sugar, stirring constantly; remove from heat and set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour, oatmeal, salt and baking powder; set aside
  4. In a large bowl, whisk together eggs and vanilla; whisk in butter and sugar mixture
  5. Whisk in flour mixture until almost combined and then fold in any remaining crumbs with a spatula
  6. Fold in cinnamon chips so that they are evenly distributed throughout batter
  7. Pour into prepared baking pan
  8. Bake for 41-45 minutes or until a knife comes out clean
  9. Set aside to cool for one our before cutting
  10. Note: Blondies will stay fresh for several days if wrapped or packaged in an air-tight container. They also freeze incredibly well, just wrap them tightly in tin foil.

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies LOVE

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Apple Cinnamon Blondies

Apple Cinnamon Blondies

Oatmeal Cookie Wedges with Cinnamon & Chocolate Chips

Oatmeal Cookie Wedges with Cinnamon & Chocolate Chips

Cinnamon Roll Blondie Bites

Cinnamon Roll Blondie Bites

Sublime Peanut Butter Cup Ice Cream Pie

This no-bake ice cream pie is the ultimate summer dessert! Oreo crust, peanut butter ripple ice cream, tons of peanut butter cups and whipped cream!

SUBLIME Peanut Butter Cup Ice Cream Pie!!!
This dessert wavers back and forth between hot mess and best thing ever. I’m going with best thing ever.

This ice cream I shared with you? It was already pretty heavenly but I just had to take it even further. All my life I’ve been a pretty big ice cream pie fanatic (as a kid I used to get one every year for my birthday from Baskin Robbins). It makes sense. You usually start with an Oreo crust (always, always good) and then load it up with your favorite ice cream. Here I decided a full pound of peanut butter cups should be used as well, because why not? Make this dessert when you are having some friends over for a barbeque because it’s something worth sharing. Just know that it may be a little messy to cut. Call it “homey” if you will.

SUBLIME Peanut Butter Cup Ice Cream Pie!!!

Sublime Peanut Butter Cup Ice Cream Pie
 
This no-bake ice cream pie is the ultimate summer dessert! Oreo crust, peanut butter ripple ice cream, tons of peanut butter cups and whipped cream!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 servings
Ingredients
  • 285g (~2¼ cups / 25 cookies) finely crushed Oreos
  • 71g (5 tablespoons) unsalted butter, melted
  • 1 Recipe for Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream
  • 454g (~3 ½ cups) chopped peanut butter cups (from about 22 large)
  • 2 cups Stabilized Whipped Cream (recipe here)
Instructions
  1. In a medium bowl, combine Oreo crumbs and melted butter; press mixture down evenly into the bottom of a spring form pan; chill in refrigerator for thirty minutes
  2. A few minutes before crust is ready to fill, take ice cream out of freezer to soften slightly
  3. Carefully spread half of ice cream over crust; top with chopped peanut butter cups
  4. Cover pan with foil and freeze; make stabilized whipped cream
  5. Spread whipped cream over peanut butter cup layer and place pie back in freezer for at least one hour or until ready to serve

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Chocolate Pound Cake with Peanut Butter Whipped Cream

Chocolate Pound Cake with Peanut Butter Whipped Cream

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Peanut Butter Cup Heath Bar Brown Butter Cookies

Peanut Butter Cup Heath Bar Brown Butter Cookies

Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream

You don’t need an ice cream maker to make this ice cream! Rich chocolate ice cream with a ribbon of salty peanut butter.

Rich Chocolate Ice Cream with a Salted Peanut Butter Ribbon (no ice cream maker for this one!)

If you love chocolate and peanut butter as much as I do, you’ve no doubt had a variation of this ice cream flavor before. I know, not as creative as this recipe or this one, but trust me, necessary. Because, one: you can always use another no churn ice cream recipe and two: I have a follow-up dessert that revolves around this one and trust me, you don’t want to miss it.

Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream
 
You don’t need an ice cream maker to make this ice cream! Rich chocolate ice cream with a ribbon of salty peanut butter.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~1½ quarts
Ingredients
  • 16 fluid ounces (2 cups) heavy cream
  • 1 14-ounce can sweetened condensed milk (I used fat free, but any type would work)
  • 50g (½ cup + 2 tablespoons) unsweetened cocoa powder (any kind will work, I used a lighter cocoa powder for a more milk-chocolatey flavor)
  • 15 milliliters 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 200g (~¾ cup) creamy peanut butter
  • 1g (¼ teaspoon) salt
Instructions
  1. In a large bowl, whisk together sweetened condensed milk, cocoa and vanilla; mixture will be very thick; set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream on high speed for several minutes, just until stiff peaks form
  3. Once cream is ready, gently fold ⅓ of it into sweetened condensed milk mixture; gently fold in remaining cream until fully combined
  4. Pour half of ice cream into a regular-sized loaf pan or ice cream storage container; microwave peanut butter for 15 seconds and stir in salt; drizzle half of salted peanut butter over top then run a knife through peanut butter to marbleize; repeat with remaining ice cream and peanut butter
  5. Wrap well with seran warp or tin foil and freeze for 6 hours or overnight
Notes
Base from Martha Stewart

Chocolate Ice Cream with Salted Peanut Butter Ripple. and you don't even need an ice cream maker!

 

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

No Churn Oreo Fudge Swirl Ice Cream

No Churn Oreo Fudge Swirl Ice Cream

No Churn Monster Cookie Dough Ice Cream

No Churn Monster Cookie Dough Ice Cream

No Churn Chocolate Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts

No Churn Chocolate Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts

Brown Butter Banana Cake with Brown Butter Cream Cheese Icing

Three layers of brown butter banana cake slathered with amazing brown butter cream cheese icing.

Brown Butter Banana Cake with BROWN BUTTER Cream Cheese Frosting

If there ever was a cake worthy of remaking for better photos it would be this one. I don’t typically like to make a huge cake (ahem, three layers) without an occasion, but this one was too good to  hold off on. Originally I baked it for a friend’s birthday a few weeks ago but the pictures I took were semi-atrocious and just not worthy of the dessert. So when I finally had a big pile of extra-brown bananas again It was completely necessary for me to make this unbelievable banana cake just for the purpose of shooting and eating a gigantic slice.

Banana Layer Cake with Cream Cheese Frosting BUT BROWN BUTTER in both!

The cake layers are moist, flavorful, and every bit worthy of standing alone. However, the frosting just made it. I’m a cream cheese icing lover, but this… this brown butter cream cheese icing… just another level. Those lovely brown specks that you can see throughout the frosting? They just carry so much rich and nutty brown butter flavor. But also, you can still taste the tangy cream cheese.

Amazing BROWN BUTTER Banana Layer Cake

Generally my biggest pet peeve with bakery cakes is that the flavor is… sweet. And seriously, sweet is not a flavor. This cake? The flavor is banana. The flavor is tang. The flavor is BROWN BUTTER. I wish I could share a slice with every one of you but instead I guess I should just tell you to make it as soon as possible. Hoard those brown bananas!

Brown Butter Banana Cake with Brown Butter Cream Cheese Icing
 
Three layers of brown butter banana cake slathered with amazing brown butter cream cheese icing.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12-16
Ingredients
  • Cake
  • 113g (1/2 cup) plain Greek yogurt
  • 10g (2 teaspoons) baking soda
  • 320g (~3 cups) cake flour
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • 2 ½ g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 226g (1 cup / 2 sticks) unsalted butter, browned and cooled to room temperature* PLUS 28g (2 tablespoons / ¼ stick) unsalted butter, softened to room temperature
  • 530g (~2 ½) cups granulated sugar
  • 200g (~4 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 20g (~1 large) egg whites at room temperature
  • 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 570g (~2½ cups) mashed very ripe bananas (~4 large bananas)
  • Frosting
  • 227g regular or light cream cheese at room temperature
  • 227g (1 cup / 2 sticks) unsalted butter, browned and chilled in refrigerator for one hour
  • 640g (~4 cups) powdered sugar
  • 5 milliliters / 1 teaspoon vanilla
  • 1g (1/4 teaspoon) salt
Instructions
  1. Cake
  2. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; grease and flour three 8-inch round cake pans
  3. In a small bowl, stir baking soda into Greek yogurt and let stand to dissolve
  4. In a medium bowl, whisk together cake flour, cinnamon and salt; set aside
  5. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat sugar and butter on medium-high speed for several minutes until light and fluffy
  6. Add eggs and vanilla and mix on medium speed until combined; scrape the sides and bottom of the bowl with a rubber spatula
  7. Add bananas and mix on low speed; add flour and mix again on low speed low speed just until combined
  8. Remove bowl from mixer and fold in Greek yogurt
  9. Pour batter into prepared pans; bake 24-29 minutes or until a toothpick or knife comes out clean from the centers; set pan aside on a wire rack and allow to cool
  10. When ready to remove cake from pans; run a knife around the edges of cake and then carefully turn each cake pan upside down onto a cooling rack; allow to cool completely before frosting
  11. Frosting
  12. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat cream cheese and butter on low speed for one minute and then increase to high speed for two or until there are no clumps from the cream cheese
  13. Scrape the sides of the bowl and add one cup of powdered sugar; beat on low speed until combined; repeat with each additional cup of powdered sugar (make sure to mix between each cup)
  14. Add vanilla and salt; mix on medium speed for two minutes and then increase speed to medium-high for one minute
  15. Once cake has cooled and icing is ready, use a flat metal spatula to frost the first layer of cake (use ⅓ – ½ cup of frosting); repeat with second layer of cake and frosting then top with third layer and use remaining icing to frost outside of cake
Notes
Adapted from the Har Zion Cookbook
Entire cake layers can be frozen whole wrapped well with seran up to one month; defrost at room temperature before frosting; cake is best enjoyed within two days of frosting
Store frosted cake in refrigerator and bring to room temperature before serving
Leftovers can be wrapped well with seran wrap and frozen up to one month
*To brown the butter: Heat butter in a heavy duty saucepan over medium heat, stirring constantly, when butter turns to an amber/light brown color, remove from heat immediately (You should be able to smell the deeper more caramel flavor of the butter) pour browned butter immediately into a bowl

Brown Butter Banana Cake + Brown Butter Cream Cheese Icing = Heaven

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Brown Butter Pistachio Cake

Brown Butter Pistachio Cake

Brown Butter Blueberry Chocolate Chunk Blondies

Brown Butter Blueberry Chocolate Chunk Blondies

Upside Down Caramel Banana Coffee Cake

Upside Down Caramel Banana Coffee Cake

 

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits

The prettiest parfaits layered with lemon whipped cream, fluffy meringue and fresh berries.

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits! Making these for my next dinner party

I’d love to say that I had this big “creative” idea to turn a pavlova into a parfait but that would be a lie. In fact, I had all intentions of sharing a perfectly pretty pavlova with you until mine crumbled a bit too much and looked like an all around hot mess.

But while it looked eh it tasted perfect. The baked meringue was light and crispy on the outside and fluffy and soft on the inside. It was way too delicious to throw away. And while the resulting dessert wasn’t exactly what I planned, it actually worked out better. I really enjoyed serving the individual glasses to friends. It’s not my usual serving choice but it was just right.

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits <-so pretty for summer entertaining

 

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits
 
The prettiest parfaits layered with lemon whipped cream, fluffy meringue and fresh berries.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 6 individual servings
Ingredients
  • 6 cocktail glasses or glass bowls
  • 1 pavlova broken into bite sized pieces (can substitute broken meringue cookies as well)
  • 355 milliliters (1½ cups) heavy whipping cream
  • 44 milliliters (3 tablespoons) lemon juice (~1 lemon)
  • 53g (~1/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 2½ cup fresh berries washed and dried (I used a mix of raspberries, blackberries and sliced strawberries)
Instructions
  1. Prepare lemon whipped cream; in the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream and lemon juice at medium speed until foamy; increase speed to medium-high, and slowly add granulated sugar, beating until stiff peaks form
  2. Put about ⅓ of a cup of whipped cream on the bottom of each glass; layer with ⅓ cup of berries in each glass; follow that layer with crumbled pavlova (enough to reach the rim of each glass)
  3. Dollop remaining whipped cream on top of each parfait along with a couple of berries
  4. Serve immediately or chill in refrigerator until ready to enjoy
Notes
Pavlova can be baked up to three days in advance. Just store in an airtight container and break into pieces right before putting together parfaits
Parfaits prepared and served on same day but can be enjoyed within three days

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits - SO light, refreshing and delicious!

Get some of everything at once for the perfect bite!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Summer Berry Skillet Crisp

Summer Berry Skillet Crisp

Blueberry Rhubarb Shortbread Bars

Blueberry Rhubarb Shortbread Bars

No Bake Blueberry Pie

No Bake Blueberry Pie

Lemon Berry Pavlova Parfaits

Upside-down Caramel Banana Coffee Cake

Dense and moist coffee-flavored cake topped with gooey caramelized bananas!

Caramel Banana Coffee Cake

Every year it’s the same challenge for my dad’s birthday: What special dessert can I make that isn’t too sweet and doesn’t include frosting (well, I did sneak in frosting one year)? Since last year’s dessert was such a hit, I decided to find another cake with a fun topping that I thought he would like.

This upside down cake definitely fit the bill! It’s sweet enough to be dessert but mild enough to be served for brunch (his kind of dessert). It’s also looks special with the beautiful layer of caramelized bananas on top. The cake itself is dense and moist (though I think using a higher fat Greek yogurt would lighten the results just a bit; I used nonfat) and so very satisfying.

Upside-down Caramel Banana Coffee Cake
 
Dense and moist coffee-flavored cake topped with gooey caramelized bananas!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 8 servings
Ingredients
  • Cake batter
  • 200g (~1½ cups) all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking powder
  • ½g (1/8 teaspoon) salt
  • 50g (3 ½ tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 130g  (~1/2 cup + 1 tablespoon, packed) light brown sugar
  • 100g (2 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 30 milliliters (2 tablespoons) strong espresso or coffee (~1 tablespoon instant coffee granules mixed with 1 tablespoon boiling water)
  • 10 milliliters (2 teaspoons) vanilla extract
  • 200g (~3/4 cups + 2 tablespoons) plain Greek yogurt
  • Banana topping
  • 2 large ripe but firm bananas (do not use overly ripe bananas here)
  • 40g (~2 tablespoons + 2 teaspoons) unsalted butter, melted
  • 80g (~1/4 cup + 1 tablespoon packed) light brown sugar
  • 3g (1 ½ teaspoons) ground cinnamon
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat the oven to 350 degrees; butter a 9-inch round cake pan and set aside
  2. Prepare cake batter; sift the dry ingredients (flour, baking powder, salt) into a medium bowl and set aside
  3. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat butter and sugar on medium high speed until light and fluffy
  4. Add the eggs, coffee and vanilla and mix on medium speed
  5. Reduce speed to low and add yogurt; add dry ingredients but do not overmix; batter will be thick
  6. Set aside cake batter and prepare topping
  7. Carefully slice bananas lengthwise (3-4 slices / banana) and use to line cake pan (keep in mind this is how the top of your cake will look)
  8. Combine melted butter, brown sugar and cinnamon; carefully spread over bananas
  9. Spread cake batter evenly top and bake in center of oven for 27-32 minutes or until toothpick comes out clean from center of cake; do not overbake
  10. Allow cake to cool for 10 minutes before arefully removing from pan; serve immediately
Notes
Adapted from Nutmegs Sven

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Lighter Chocolate Chip Banana Cake

Lighter Chocolate Chip Banana Cake

Gluten Free Banana Cake with White Chocolate Whipped Cream

Gluten Free Banana Cake

Brown Butter Banana Cake

Brown Butter Banana Cake with Brown Butter Cream Cheese Icing

Monster Cookie Dough Ice Cream (No Churn!)

Vanilla ice cream loaded with monster cookie dough (peanut butter oatmeal cookie dough with M&Ms and chocolate chips!). You will enjoy cookie dough in every bite!

Monster COOKIE DOUGH Ice Cream <-no machine, no eggs, so easy!

I think the deep freeze is over (said crossing fingers and knocking on wood). And in case it’s not obvious, I (and everyone else in the northeast) am more than ready. I’m ready for shorts, flip-flops (okay, I’d settle for being outside without a puffy coat), walks with L and warm weather food. I’m ready for ice cream, lots of it.

Monster COOKIE DOUGH Ice Cream <-no machine needed!

Okay, let’s be real. I’ve been eating ice cream all winter long. Maybe not quite as much ice cream as I ate last summer, but plenty still. The main difference is that I currently eat it with the heat turned up while wearing a massive sweatshirt and wool socks. Last week, when I remembered that I had some heavy cream about to expire, I was inspired to go churn up make some super easy and delicious ice cream once again. I asked on Facebook and Twitter what flavor I should make and Erin suggested monster cookie dough. Genius much?

Monster cookies are typically peanut butter oatmeal cookies loaded with M&Ms. How could that possibly be a bad thing? And what tastes good as a cookie almost always tastes better as cookie dough. So translated into ice cream we are in clear delicious territory. Not to mention that this ice cream really is LOADED with cookie dough. No searching with the spoon to find the little chunks (don’t pretend you don’t do that). Seriously, cookie dough in every bite.

Monster Cookie Dough Ice Cream (No Churn!)
 
Vanilla ice cream loaded with monster cookie dough (peanut butter oatmeal cookie dough with M&Ms and chocolate chips!). You will enjoy cookie dough in every bite!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: Makes ~1½ quarts
Ingredients
  • 16 fluid ounces (2 cups) heavy cream
  • 1 14-ounce can sweetened condensed milk (I used fat free, but any type would work)
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) vanilla extract
  • 1 recipe for oatmeal cookie dough (see below)
Instructions
  1. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with whisk attachment, beat cream on high speed for several minutes, just until stiff peaks form
  2. While whipping cream, pour sweetened condensed milk into a separate large bowl and mix with vanilla
  3. Once cream is ready, fold it into sweetened condensed milk mixture; fold in cookie dough
  4. Pour ice cream into a regular-sized loaf pan
  5. Wrap well with seran warp or tin foil and freeze for 6 hours or overnight

 
Monster Cookie Dough Ice Cream (No Churn!)
 
Edible Monster Cookie Dough
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Ingredients
  • 65g (~1/4 cup) creamy peanut butter
  • 14g (1 tablespoon) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 28 g (~2 tablespoons packed) light brown sugar, firmly packed
  • 25g (~2 tablespoons) granulated sugar
  • 5 milliliters / 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 60g (~¾ cup) rolled oats
  • ½g (¼ teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • ½g (1/8 teaspoon) salt
  • 56g (~1/4 cup) mini M&Ms
  • 53g (~1/4 cup) mini chocolate chips
Instructions
  1. Beat butter and sugar until light and fluffy; stir in vanilla
  2. Gradually stir in oats, cinnamon salt just until combined
  3. Stir in M&Ms and chocolate chips
  4. Set aside to make ice cream

Monster COOKIE DOUGH Ice Cream <-no churn!

 

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

No Churn Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream

Peanut Butter Ripple Chocolate Ice Cream

No Churn Chocolate Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts

No Churn Chocolate Ice Cream with Salty Candied Peanuts

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake

Drumstick Ice Cream Cake

monster cookie dough ice cream!!!!!

Peanut Butter Chocolate Chip Lactation Cookies

Chewy chocolate chip peanut butter oatmeal cookies that just so happen to be perfect for breastfeeding moms! Loaded with oats, brewer’s yeast, flax and whole wheat flour, these are a delicious way to get your milk supply up!

Peanut Butter Oatmeal Chocolate Chip Cookies <---and yes, these are actually lactation cookies!

If you had asked me a year ago if I’d ever make lactation cookies, I’d probably look at your cross-eyed. I barely even know that that was a thing. Well, there obviously was a lot I didn’t know about breastfeeding. And when I think back on it, I realize how naive I was.

Once I got pregnant with L, my plan was to breastfeed if possible… maybe for a month, or maybe for a few months. But no pressure, none. I didn’t realize that there was an inbetween of possible and impossible where there are many challenges but you can make it work. I also had no idea that I’d care so much and be so emotionally attached to being able to nurse. It’s hard to explain, because I never felt like breastfeeding was a big bonding moment with L, but there was some other emotional pull that I can’t put into words.

Anyway, one of the issues that I’ve faced is milk supply. I don’t know what happened, but by the end of the first month, I felt like my supply was really suffering. I’d been eating oatmeal every day and drinking a ton of water but that apparently had not been enough. Maybe I wasn’t eating enough calories that first month (hard to believe)? Maybe it was the lack of regular sleep? Whatever it was, I immediately started doing anything I felt comfortable doing to help the problem.

I dabbled in fenugreek (eh, not for me), started drinking stout beers on occasion, drank even more water, and stocked up on snacks that contained flaxseed. I also started baking lactation cookies. While my supply isn’t massive, at some point it became at least enough for L’s daily feedings (this fluctuates and he still gets supplemented with formula for multiple reasons). I don’t know if the lactation cookies did it, but I do think they help. I eat a couple of them most days and whether or not they are “the” solution, they taste delicious so that works for me. Originally I made Audra’s recipe (really good!) but have since tweaked them to be slightly different. They aren’t health food but there are quite a few ingredients that are good for you (whole wheat flour, oatmeal, flax seed, brewer’s yeast and peanut butter). That helps me justify the daily consumption.

Actually delicious lactation cookies! Peanut Butter Oatmeal Chocolate Chip!!

5.0 from 2 reviews
Peanut Butter Chocolate Chip Lactation Cookies
 
Chewy chocolate chip peanut butter oatmeal cookies that just so happen to be perfect for breastfeeding moms! Loaded with oats, brewer’s yeast, flax and whole wheat flour, these are a delicious way to get your milk supply up!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 30 cookies
Ingredients
  • 120 milliliters / 4 fluid ounces water
  • 26g (~4 tablespoons) ground flaxseed
  • 130g (~1/2 cup) creamy peanut butter (recipe not yet tested with natural)
  • 113g (1/2 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 234g (~1 cup packed) light brown sugar
  • 100g (~1/2 cup) granulated sugar
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 126g (~1 cup) whole wheat pastry flour (or 158 grams / 5½ ounces white whole wheat flour)
  • 130g (~1 cup) all-purpose flour
  • 48g (~6 tablespoons brewer’s yeast)
  • 8g (1 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 200g (~2½ cups) rolled oats
  • 125g (~3/4 cup) semi-sweet chocolate chips
  • 125g (~3/4 cup) milk chocolate chips
  • regular or smoked flaky sea salt (optional)
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees and line baking sheets with parchment paper
  2. In a small bowl, stir together flaxseed and water; set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together flours, brewer’s yeast, baking soda and salt; set aside
  4. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat peanut butter, butter and sugars on medium-high speed for several minutes or until light and fluffy; scrape sides of the bowl with a spatula
  5. Add flaxseed mixture and vanilla and mix on medium speed for one minute; reduce speed to low and add flour mixture
  6. Stir in oats and chocolate chips
  7. Scoop cookie dough with large cookie dough scoop (~3 tablespoons) onto prepared baking sheets; top with flaky sea salt
  8. Bake for 10-12 minutes or until cookies appear set and edges are lightly browned; allow to cool before eating
  9. Store in an airtight container at room temperature up to one week or freeze up to two months
Notes
Heavily adapted from The Baker Chick

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Salted Caramel & Peanut Oatmeal Cookies

Salted Caramel & Peanut Oatmeal Cookies

Chocolate Chunk Pistachio Oatmeal Cookies

Chocolate Chunk Pistachio Oatmeal Cookies

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies

Cinnamon Chip Oatmeal Blondies

Comfort Food Chocolate Chunk Cookies

Perfect chocolate chunk cookies. Chewy in the center and crispy around the edges, these cookies are pure comfort.

The most comforting cookies! Chocolate chunk with flaky sea salt mmmm

A good friend of mine recently brought her second baby home from the hospital. Even though I’m still getting a handle on some aspects of life with a baby, I realized it was time I started returning the favors of all the people who visited us with food and gifts after L was born. And while a homemade meal is even better (and will definitely happen for her), one of the things I enjoyed most post-baby was a seriously good sweet treat. Nothing like a good sugary carb for an instant energy boost!

I wanted to go with a classic comforting cookie; basically, the best version of a chocolate chip cookie you could ask for. The base of the dough bakes up nice and thick with a chewy center and crispy edges (the big size doesn’t hurt). I used rich high quality dark chocolate disks to really satisfy and topped them with a smoked flaky sea salt, though any flaky sea salt would do. While you can leave that off, I really find that the bit of salty contrast just enhances the cookie flavor.

 

Comfort Food Chocolate Chunk Cookies
 
Perfect chocolate chunk cookies. Chewy in the center and crispy around the edges, these cookies are pure comfort.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~20 cookies
Ingredients
  • 262g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 3g (½ teaspoon) baking soda
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 170g (3/4 cup / 1 ½ sticks) unsalted butter, melted
  • 234g (~1 cup, packed) light brown sugar
  • 106g (~1/2 cup) granulated sugar
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 75g (~1 large egg + 1 yolk) eggs at room temperature
  • 340g (~2 cups) good quality dark chocolate disksor chunks (at least 55% cocoa)
  • Flaky sea salt (I like this Smoked sea salt)
Instructions
  1. In a medium bowl, whisk flour, baking soda and salt; set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer with a paddle attachment, beat butter and sugars until well-combined
  3. Beat in eggs and vanilla until a mixture is a light creamy color
  4. Reduce speed to low and stir in flour mixture (do not overmix)
  5. Fold in chocolate
  6. Chill dough in refrigerator for 24-48 hours for best texture and flavor results
  7. Once dough has chilled, pre-heat oven to 325 degrees; cover baking sheets with parchment paper
  8. Scoop cookie dough with large cookie dough scoop (~3 tablespoons) onto prepared baking sheets; top with flaky sea salt
  9. Bake large cookies 16-18 minutes or until brown around good portion of edges
  10. Set aside to cool
Notes
Dough requires 24-48 hours of chilling time for best results
Texture of cookies (crispy edges with chewy center) best within 24 hours; cookies can be enjoyed up to one week after baking if stored at room temperature or up to a month if frozen.

These chocolate chunk cookies make the perfect gift!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

This post contains affiliate links

You might also like:

Small Batch Chocolate Chip Cookies

Small Batch Chocolate Chip Cookies

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies

Brown Butter Chocolate Chunk Cookie Cake

Brown Butter Chocolate Chunk Cookie Cake

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Rich homemade candy  cups filled with peanut butter caramel sauce and topped with the perfect amount of flaky sea salt.

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups - dying over these

I told you I had something up my sleeve for the caramel sauce. I don’t even think I need to talk too much about these little candy cups, the pictures say it all. Last minute Valentine’s Day treat perhaps?

 

4.0 from 1 reviews
Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups
 
Rich homemade candy cups filled with peanut butter caramel sauce and topped with the perfect amount of flaky sea salt.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 candy cups
Ingredients
  • 10 ounces good quality dark chocolate (I used 72%), roughly chopped
  • ½ tablespoon unsalted butter
  • 1 cup Peanut Butter Caramel Sauce
  • Flaky sea salt (optional)
Instructions
  1. Line a mini muffin pan with 12 tin foil cupcake wrappers and set aside
  2. Place chocolate and butter in a medium microwave safe bowl; melt by microwaving the chocolate and butter in 30-second increments and stirring in-between
  3. Use a teaspoon to coat the bottom of each cup with melted chocolate; place muffin pan in fridge for fifteen minutes or until chocolate is set
  4. Remove pan from fridge and spoon caramel sauce into center of each cup (about 1 tablespoon); if caramel sauce has been chilled and is firm, microwave for 10-20 seconds and stir for a more workable consistency
  5. Spoon melted chocolate over caramel and around edges so that coated on all sides; sprinkle tops with flaky sea salt if desired (and it should be desired)
  6. Chill for one hour in refrigerator before serving; store in refrigerator up to one week

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups... the picture says it all

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Double Dip Mints

Double Dip Mints

No-Bake Rice Krispie Toffee Fudge Candy Bars

No-Bake Rice Krispie Toffee Fudge Candy Bars

 

Mint Cookies and Cream Buttercream Cups

Mint Cookies and Cream Buttercream Cups

Peanut Butter Caramel Sauce

Everybody loves caramel sauce but peanut butter caramel sauce takes your traditional ice cream topping to another level!

Homemade PEANUT BUTTER Caramel Sauce! amazing

I haven’t been doing a ton of baking since L was born. I’ve been having a little trouble motivating myself and finding my creativity. In fact, when I made these cookies, I ended up taking more pictures of L than I did the cookies. Whoops! He is just too cute sometimes and I can’t help myself.

So when I saw this recipe, I was obviously excited.since I decided to make peanut butter caramel sauce the next day. My mom was here helping with L and I took about ten minutes in the kitchen to whip this up. Basically the best way to spend a few minutes away from that little monkey if I have to.

The sauce turned out pretty darn amazing… I kind of feel like I should always have a batch of it on hand. Other than eating it straight from the jar with a spoon you can do so many things with this sauce… ice cream sundaes (obviously), cake, Oreo bars….. the list goes on! AND I have a new idea coming to you later this week.

Homemade PEANUT BUTTER Caramel Sauce! new favorite ice cream topping

 

Peanut Butter Caramel Sauce
 
Everybody loves caramel sauce but peanut butter caramel sauce takes your traditional ice cream topping to another level!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 1¼ cups
Ingredients
  • 160 grams / 5⅝ ounces (3/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • [45] milliliters / 3 tablespoons water
  • 117 milliliters / 4 fluid ounces ( ½ cup) heavy cream
  • 29 milliliters / 1 fluid ounces (2 tablespoons) milk (any type)
  • 2 grams (1 teaspoon) coarse or flaky sea salt
  • 77 grams / 2 ¾ ounces (¼ cup) creamy peanut butter (not all natural)
Instructions
  1. Combine the sugar and water in a medium* heavy-duty saucepan and cook over high heat, whisking until the sugar dissolves
  2. Let boil for several minutes without stirring until the mixture becomes a deep amber color, watching closely so it doesn’t burn; Once the caramel begins to darken, the rest of the process happens very quickly (see photos above for caramelization process)
  3. As soon as most of the sugar water mixture is a deep amber, whisk in the cream (be careful as mixture will bubble up) and remove from heat immediately
  4. Whisk in milk and sea salt
  5. Place pot back over low heat and quickly whisk in peanut butter; remove from heat as soon as combined
  6. Serve warm or store covered in refrigerator up to two weeks**
Notes
Adapted from my salted caramel and this peanut butter caramel
*If doubling, use a large pot and allow extra time for caramelization
**For thicker sauce, chill in refrigerator for a few hours before using or serving; re-heat gently before serving

Homemade PEANUT BUTTER Caramel Sauce! To die for.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

How to Make Salted Caramel

How to Make Salted Caramel

Salted Caramel Rice Krispie Treats with Mocha Ganache

Salted Caramel Rice Krispie Treats

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Peanut Butter Caramel Sauce

Easy Meyer Lemon Shortbread Cookies

An easy cookie to make with the wonderful flavor of meyer lemons.

Today we are celebrating sweet Caroline’s second virtual baby shower! I adore Caroline and am happy to help her celebrate the birth of baby number two!
Virtual Baby Shower
Today’s shower theme is citrus (one of Caroline’s current cravings!) and I just had to go with the sweet and tart flavors of meyer lemons. They are only around for a couple of months so it’s fun to take advantage of them for baking. I have a couple extras and may have to put together a cocktail or two as well;-)

Easy Meyer Lemon Shortbread Cookies

These cookies are nice and crips around the edges with a buttery chewy center. There is just enough meyer lemon flavor without overpowering the cookies at all!

*Scroll down to see the other citrus treats*

 

Easy Meyer Lemon Shortbread Cookies
 
An easy cookie to make with the wonderful flavor of meyer lemons.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 2½ dozen cookies
Ingredients
  • 227g (1 cup) unsalted butter, softened
  • 150g (~3/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 120g (3/4 cup) powdered sugar, sifted
  • ½ tablespoon grated meyer lemon zest (~1 lemon)
  • 29 milliliters / 2 tablespoons meyer lemon juice (~2 lemons)
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 2 ½g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 265g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour, sifted
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Line baking sheets with parchment paper or slipat; set aside
  3. Cream butter and sugars with lemon zest until light and fluffy
  4. Add lemon juice, vanilla and salt and beat until well combined
  5. Stir in flour
  6. Scoop with a medium cookie dough scoop (2 tablespoons each) onto prepared cookie sheets about 2 inches apart
  7. Bake for 13-15 minutes or until very light brown around the edges
  8. Allow cookies to cool on cooling rack
  9. Store cookies in an airtight container at room temperature up to one week or in the freezer for up to two months
Notes
Barely adapted from these lemon cookies

See what else is being shared for the shower!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Super Fun Cookies (aka Oreo, Peanut Butter Cup, Chocolate Chunk Cookies)

Cookies loaded with chunks of Oreos, Peanut Butter Cups and dark chocolate!

Super Fun Cookies... Cookies loaded with chunks of Oreos, Peanut Butter Cups and dark chocolate!

Sometimes you just need a cookie full of fun things.  For this version, I loaded up my favorite cookie dough with chunks of chocolate, peanut butter cups and chopped Oreos.  How could it not be love at first bite?

Super Fun Cookies (aka Oreo, Peanut Butter Cup, Chocolate Chunk Cookies)
 
Cookies loaded with chunks of Oreos, Peanut Butter Cups and dark chocolate!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 3-3½ dozen large cookies
Ingredients
  • 525g (~4 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 15g (3 teaspoons) salt
  • 340g /12 ounces (1½ cups / 3 sticks) unsalted butter, melted
  • 470g (~2 cups packed) light brown sugar
  • 213g (~1 cup) granulated sugar
  • 44 milliliters / 3 tablespoons vanilla extract
  • 150g (~3 large) whole eggs eggs
  • 160g / 5⅝ ounces (~3/4 cup) dark or semi-sweet chocolate chunks
  • 200g (~1 cup) chopped peanut Butter cups
  • 112g (~1½ cups) chopped Oreos
Instructions
  1. :
  2. In a large bowl, whisk flour, baking soda and salt; set aside
  3. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat butter and sugars on medium-high speed for a few minutes until well-combined
  4. Beat in eggs and vanilla on medium speed until a mixture is a lighter creamy color
  5. On low speed, stir in flour mixture
  6. Stir in chips
  7. Chill rough in refrigerator for 24-72 hours (I find 48 hours+ to be best!)
  8. When ready to bake, pre-heat oven to 325 degrees and line baking sheets with parchment paper
  9. Scoop cookie dough with large cookie dough scoop (~3 tablespoons) onto prepared baking sheets (note it is normal for cookie dough to be very hard, you can dip your scoop in hot water to make it easier to scoop)
  10. Bake cookies 17-19 minutes or until centers appear set and they are brown around the edges

Super Fun Cookies... Cookies loaded with chunks of Oreos, Peanut Butter Cups and dark chocolate!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Peanut Butter Banana Energy Balls {gluten-free, vegan}

A no-bake treat and healthy snack made with just a few ingredients. These naturally gluten-free energy balls are so convenient to have on hand!

Peanut Butter Banana Energy Balls - These naturally gluten-free energy balls are so convenient to have on hand

Every day since L was born, you would think I hadn’t eaten in a week. Seriously, I’m so hungry ALL the time. He eats every three hours and I do too. Sometimes I have time to make myself a big salad and inhale it in about three minutes. Sometimes I have him on my lap while I try to cut the chicken on my plate into bite sized pieces with just one hand. Other times I have him in the Baby K’tan and try not to spill food on his head (there may or may not have been an incident with turkey). And sometimes I just need something to grab. While I definitely eat a lot and have my fair share of dessert, I’ve been trying to eat mostly healthy every day since having him. Snacks like these little energy balls have saved me. I’ll often grab three or four out of the freezer and pair them with a couple sticks of string cheese for a surprisingly filling and healthy snack that you can eat with one hand. New mom win!

 

Peanut Butter Banana Energy Balls {gluten-free, vegan}
 
A no-bake treat and healthy snack made with just a few ingredients. These naturally gluten-free energy balls are so convenient to have on hand!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 30 bite-sized energy balls
Ingredients
  • 245g(~2 medium) ripe bananas, mashed (about 1 cup)
  • 32g (2 tablespoons) creamy natural peanut butter (I prefer salted)
  • 20g (2 tablespoons) chia seeds
  • 1g (~1 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • 80g (1 cup) old-fashioned oats
  • 80g (1 cup) old-fashioned oats, ground
  • 24g (¼ cup) PB2, peanut flour or protein powder
Instructions
  1. Line a baking sheet with parchment or wax paper and set aside
  2. In a medium bowl, combine bananas, peanut butter, chia seeds and cinnamon
  3. Stir in oatmeal, ground oats and PB2 until well combined
  4. Use a tablespoon or small cookie dough scoop to divide up dough and then use your hands to roll into balls; place on prepared baking sheet
  5. Freeze for two hours before placing balls to store in a ziplock bag or Tupperware container
  6. Freeze for up to one month; energy balls can be enjoyed frozen or at room temperature
Notes
*If making for someone with a gluten sensitivity, make sure that all ingredients are certified gluten-free
These run about 40 calories / piece; I like eating a few at a time with some string cheese for a filling snack

Peanut Butter Banana Energy Balls - a healthy, no-bake treat!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

This post contains affiliate links.

You might also like:

 

Vegan & Gluten-Free Peanut Butter and Fig Granola

Vegan & Gluten-Free Peanut Butter and Fig Granola

Vegan Chocolate Chunk Banana Ice Cream

Vegan Chocolate Chunk Banana Ice Cream

Vegan & Gluten-Free Chocolate Peanut Butter Banana Oatmeal Bites

Vegan & Gluten-Free Chocolate Peanut Butter Banana Oatmeal Bites

Fluffernutter Mini Pies {Guest Post}

Today’s guest post is from Madison, a blogger that I’ve been virtual friends with for years now. We even got to meet over dinner a few years ago!  She has her own little one due at the end of this winter (a wonderful miracle that you should read about). Visit her blog and take a look at some of my favorite recipes she has posted (Sweet Potato and Black Bean Enchiladas, Classic Apple Pie with an Ultra Flaky Crust, and Peanut Butter Toffee Cookies).

Fluffernutter Mini Pies!

Hi, Keep It Sweet readers! I’m so excited that Lauren asked me to share a recipe with you while she is enjoying some much-deserved time with her new little one! Lauren and I have been blog friends almost as long as our blogs have been around and I couldn’t be happier for Lauren and Matt as they journey into parenthood.

It’s a little intimidating to share a desert recipe on Lauren’s site. That girl can bake! I think her blondies are my husband’s all-time favorite dessert. But I’m going to give it a go anyway!

The recipe that I’m sharing with you today, Fluffernutter Mini Pies, is a scaled-down dessert that makes just four small pies and can be whipped together in no time. I find that having too many sweets in the house is a recipe for disaster since my willpower is just not that strong, so sometimes it’s nice to have something that makes just a few servings.

I didn’t grow up on the marshmallow crème and peanut butter combination known as fluffernutter, but I’ve come to love the combo as an adult. These pies combine cream cheese, peanut butter and marshmallow crème into an easy pie filling. Not into mini desserts? Just double the filling amount and use a regular pie shell and you’re good to go for larger groups. Enjoy!

Fluffernutter Mini Pies!

 

5.0 from 1 reviews
Fluffernutter Mini Pies {Guest Post}
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 4 mini pies
Ingredients
  • ⅓ cup heavy cream
  • ¼ teaspoon vanilla
  • 4 oz cream cheese, softened
  • ½ cup creamy peanut butter
  • ½ cup marshmallow crème
  • 3 tablespoons powdered sugar
  • 4 miniature graham cracker crust pie shells
  • Salted peanuts and miniature marshmallows for garnishing
Instructions
  1. In the bowl of an electric mixer fitted with a whisk attachment, whisk heavy cream and vanilla until firm peaks form. Transfer mixture to a mixing bowl and set aside.
  2. With your electric mixer, beat together the cream cheese, peanut butter, marshmallow crème and powdered sugar until smooth. Gently fold in the whipped cream until evenly combined.
  3. Spoon or pipe mixture into the prepared pie shells. Garnish mini pies with the peanuts and miniature marshmallows and refrigerate at least 1 hour or until mixture is firm and set.

Madison Mayberry Hofmeyer is a wife to Joe and food editor (yes, that’s a real job!) for The Betty Crocker Kitchens living in Edina. They are expecting their first baby in March who will join their two fur babies, dogs Nutmeg and Pippa. Madison blogs about all things food and life over at Espresso and Cream.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Peanut Butter S’mores Parfaits

Peanut Butter S'mores Parfaits

Peanut Butter Snack Cake

Peanut Butter Snack Cake

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Peanut Butter Caramel Candy Cups

Smoked Sea Salt Chocolate Fudge Caramel Cookies

Rich and fudgy chocolate cookies filled with caramel and dark chocolate chips and seasoned with smoked sea salt.

Smoked Sea Salt Chocolate Fudge Caramel Cookies- super rich and decadent!

Are you still adding to your cookie baking list for the holidays? I hope so, because these babies are very deserving of a spot.  The cookie itself is ultra rich and like a fudgy brownie in the center.  Outside there is a slice crisp around the edges.  To top that off, the flavor of the chocolate is dark and almost sinful but balanced with sweet caramels and flaky smoked sea salt.  And by the way, they are pretty easy too.  They bake up consistently EVERY time I make them.  And bonus, you don’t have to chill the dough at all. These cookies will be ready for your enjoyment within an hour from start to finish.  If you are making big batches for holiday gifts, just double the recipe below!

Smoked Sea Salt Chocolate Fudge Caramel Cookies-these need to happen

Smoked Sea Salt Chocolate Fudge Caramel Cookies
 
Rich and fudgy chocolate cookies filled with caramel and dark chocolate chips and seasoned with smoked sea salt.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~2 ½ dozen cookies
Ingredients
  • 113g (1/2 cup) unsalted butter
  • 170g semi-sweet chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 200g unsweetened chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 160g (~1 cup + 3 tablespoons) all-purpose flour
  • 2g (3/4 teaspoon) baking powder
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon salt)
  • 150g (~3 large whole) eggs at room temperature
  • 215g (~1 cup) granulated sugar
  • 235g (~1 cup, packed) light brown sugar
  • 10 milliliters / 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
  • 227g (1 cup) semi-sweet or dark chocolate chips
  • 160g (1 cup) caramel bits
  • Smoked sea salt
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; line baking sheets with parchment paper and set aside
  2. Place semi-sweet and unsweetened chocolate with butter in a microwave-safe bowl
  3. Microwave the ingredients for a minute and stir; microwave again for 30-second increments until everything is almost melted; stir the remaining lumps until smooth (alternatively, you can melt the butter and chocolate in a heavy duty pop over medium heat stirring constantly); set aside
  4. In a medium bowl, whisk together dry ingredients (flour, baking powder, and salt) and set aside
  5. In the large bowl of a stand mixer, combine eggs, sugars and vanilla; beat on high speed for about 5 minutes or until mixture is light and pale in color
  6. Reduce the speed of your mixer and add in melted chocolate
  7. When that is well-combined, stir in flour mixture but do not over-mix; stir in chocolate chips and caramel bits
  8. Use a large cookie dough scoop and place dough on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper, 1-2 inches apart; lightly sprinkle top of cookie dough with smoked sea salt
  9. Bake cookies for 12 minutes and set aside on a wire rack to cool
Notes
Recipe can be doubled
Store cookies at room temperature up to 5 days in a ziplock bag or freeze for up to two months


Smoked Sea Salt Chocolate Fudge Caramel Cookies-they taste as good as they look!

Yes, they are as good as they look.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.


This post contains affiliate links.

You might also like:

Salted Caramel & Peanut Oatmeal Cookies

Salted Caramel & Peanut Oatmeal Cookies

Fudgy Mocha Brownies with Espresso Sea Salt

Fudgy Mocha Chip Brownies with Espresso Sea Salt

Sweet and Salty Toll House Pie

Sweet and Salty Toll House Pie

Thick and Fudgy Peppermint Mocha Brownies

Super rich and fudgy brownies infused with the infamous peppermint mocha holiday flavor.

Thick and Fudgy Peppermint Mocha Brownies

Sometimes you just need a great brownie.  These peppermint mocha brownies are the perfect holiday brownie for this season’s festivities.  Thick, fudgy, rich and decadent… the peppermint mocha combination is a holiday favorite around here and it is hard to beat in brownie form.  I’m partial to a super fudgy brownie with a crackly top and that is exactly what you get with this treat!

 

Thick and Fudgy Peppermint Mocha Brownies
 
Super rich and fudgy brownies infused with the infamous peppermint mocha holiday flavor.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 servings
Ingredients
  • 128g unsweetened chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 170g (3/4 cup) unsalted butter
  • 415g (~2 cups) granulated sugar
  • 150g (~3 large) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • 3 tablespoon strong brewed espresso (1g (1/2 tablespoon) espresso + 3 tablespoons water))
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 146g (~1 cup + 1 tablespoon) all-purpose flour
  • 1g (1/4 teaspoon) salt
  • 105g (~3/4 cup) peppermint crunch baking chips
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees; Grease a 9×9 brownie pan or baking dish with cookie spray or butter OR line it with parchment paper; set aside
  2. In a small bowl, whisk together flour and salt; set aside
  3. Melt butter and chocolate in large sauce pan over low to medium heat; stir in sugar; stir in eggs, espresso and vanilla until smooth
  4. Whisk in flour mixture just until combined; do not overmix; fold in peppermint baking chips
  5. Pour batter into prepared baking dish and bake 33-36 minutes or until a knife comes out clean
  6. Set brownies aside to cool completely before slicing and serving
  7. Note:  These brownies are great for making in advance of the holidays.  Just wrap them tightly in foil and store them in the freezer for up to one month.
Notes
Adapted from Baker’s

Super rich and fudgy brownies infused with the infamous peppermint mocha holiday flavor.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Fudgy Double Creme de Menthe Brownies

Fudgy Double Creme de Menthe Brownies

Fudgy Mocha Chip Brownies

Fudgy Mocha Chip Brownies with Espresso Sea Salt

Fudgy Brownie Ice Cream Sandwiches

Fudgy Brownie Ice Cream Sandwiches

Cranberry Apple Shortbread Bars

An easy last minute dessert recipe for Thanksgiving. These cranberry apple shortbread bars are a delicious holiday treat.

Cranberry Apple Shortbread Bars - an easy last minute Thanksgiving dessert!

I love any excuse to use this shortbread recipe. It’s seriously buttery, slightly chewy and lightly crispy on the outside. Plus, the basic flavor lends itself to almost any type of filling. I’ve done Meyer Lemon Shorbread Bars, Blueberry Rhubarb Shortbread Bars and even adapted it into an Easy Lemon Shortbread Cookie. I kind of wish I didn’t love it so much because… well, so.much.butter., but I just can’t help myself.

For the holidays I thought it was time to break out the shortbread recipe and layer it with a seasonal fruit filling.   I’ve always loved apples and cranberries together and they work really well here. Both fruits are on the tart side so it isn’t a super sweet filling, but sometimes you actually want a dessert that doesn’t kill you with an overwhelming sensation of “hello, sugar.”

Cranberry Apple Shortbread Bars - need to make for Thanksgiving!

These bars were one of the last desserts I made pre-baby. After eating an entire row of them (whoops, that’s what 39 weeks plus will do to you), I froze the rest to save for the bris or baby visitors. They defrosted wonderfully and now I wish I had more!

Cranberry Apple Shortbread Bars -the filling/shortbread combo is so good

Thanksgiving is just a couple of days away but this recipe is easy enough to add in as a last minute treat. Make them tomorrow or Wednesday and they will be perfect for serving on Thursday. Just make sure they are stored in the pan and tightly wrapped with foil or removed and tightly wrapped that way.

5.0 from 1 reviews
Cranberry Apple Shortbread Bars
 
An easy last minute dessert recipe for Thanksgiving. These cranberry apple shortbread bars are a delicious holiday treat.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 24-30 servings
Ingredients
  • Dough
  • 530g (~4 cups) all-purpose flour, sifted
  • 454g (2 cups) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 240g (1 ½ cups) powdered sugar, sifted
  • 200g (~1 cup) granulated sugar, separated
  • 15 milliliters (1 tablespoon) vanilla extract
  • Filling
  • 360g (4 cups) fresh cranberries (frozen will likely work, filling cooking time may differ)
  • 100g (~½ cup) granulated sugar
  • 59 milliliters (2 fluid ounces) water
  • 8g (1 tablespoon) cornstarch
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) minced ginger
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) ground nutmeg
  • 340g (~3 cups / 2 medium) chopped apples (I prefer to use a crisp apple like Granny Smith or Honeycrisp)
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 325 degrees Fahrenheit
  2. Line a 13x9 baking pan with parchment paper so that some parchment paper hangs over sides and set aside
  3. Beat butter and sugars on high speed until light and fluffy; mix in vanilla until well-combined
  4. Stir in flour just until combined
  5. Press half of the dough into prepared baking pan and bake for about 25 minutes or until edges are golden brown; shape remaining dough into a disk and wrap tightly with seran wrap; chill in refrigerator
  6. While bottom layer is cooking, prepare filling
  7. Combine cranberries, granulated sugar, water, cornstarch, ginger and nutmeg in a heavy duty saucepan over medium heat; stir occasionally and let mixture cook until fruit has formed a thick jam-like consistency (cranberries will be very soft but some still whole), about 8 minutes
  8. Remove from heat and fold in chopped apples
  9. Pour fruit filling over crust; remove remainder of dough from refrigerator and use all of it by dropping large crumbs over fruit layer so that the layer is completely covered
  10. Place back into oven and bake for about 35 minutes or until edges are very lightly golden brown and top feels set / firm
  11. Set aside to cool before cutting into bars and serving
Notes
Shortbread recipe from Sticky, Chewy, Messy, Gooey
Filling adapted from Blueberry Rhubarb Shortbread Bars
These bars are not overly sweet at all, the sweetness is mostly in the shortbread and the fruit filling adds a tart balance
Store tightly wrapped at room temperature up to two days or freeze for up to one month

 

Cranberry Apple Shortbread Bars - so pretty for the holidays

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Cranberry Chocolate Chunk Brown Butter Cookies

Cranberry Chocolate Chunk Brown Butter Cookies

Winter Fruit Crisp

Winter Fruit Crisp

Cranberry Apple Pie

Cranberry Apple Pie

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies

Chewy ginger-flavored brown sugar cookies filled with milk chocolate chunks.  This is a great holiday cookie!

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies - great twist on a holiday flavor

I have a bit of a weakness for ginger cookies.  My dad loves gingersnaps, but unless they are super crunchy (ahem, teeth-breakingly so), he will probably tell you they are underbaked.  I, on the other hand, like crunchy, chewy, crispy, really any texture as long as you have a great ginger flavor.

This cookie is a spin on the cookies I made for these ice cream sandwiches over the summer. I made a couple of small changes including enhancing the ginger flavor in order to balance the addition of the sweet milk chocolate.  Again, this is definitely NOT a gingersnap, but a brown-sugar-based cookie full of ginger flavor.  Make them now and maybe double the batch so you can freeze some for Christmas.  They would also make a great addition to any cookie gifts you are putting together.  Just make sure you chill the dough as directed to ensure that the flavor is in full force and the texture is the perfect balance of a chewy center and crispy edge.

Milk Chocolate Chunk Ginger Cookies - I couldn't stop eating them!

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies
 
Chewy ginger-flavored brown sugar cookies filled with milk chocolate chunks. This is a great holiday cookie!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 3 dozen medium-sized cookies
Ingredients
  • 260g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 7 ½g (1/2 tablespoon) salt
  • 3g (1/2 tablespoon) ground ginger
  • 2 ½g (1/2 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 170g (1 ½ sticks) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 350g (~1½ cup tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) minced ginger
  • 100g (2 large) whole eggs
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoons vanilla extract
  • 180g (~1¼ cups) milk chocolate, roughly chopped
Instructions
  1. Whisk together flour, salt, ginger and baking soda; set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat butter, sugar and minced ginger on medium-high speed until light and well mixed; scrape sides of bowl
  3. Add eggs and vanilla, mix well; scrape sides of bowl
  4. Add flour mixture and mix on low speed just until combined (do not overmix); stir in chocolate
  5. Chill dough for 24-48 hours (the longer chilling time helps the flavor and texture)
  6. When ready to bake, pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  7. Use a medium cookie dough scoop or tablespoon to make cookie dough balls on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper (about 1½ tablespoons each) about 2 inches apart from one another
  8. Bake 12-14 minutes or until cookies are set on top and very lightly brown around the edges
  9. Allow cookies to cool before serving
  10. Store in a ziplock bag or airtight container for up to one week; freeze up to two months

Milk Chocolate Chunk Ginger Cookies - my new favorite cookie

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

 

Gingersnap Peach Crumble Ice Cream

Gingersnap Peach Crumble Ice Cream

 

Ginger and Lemon Ice Cream Sandwiches

Ginger and Lemon Ice Cream Sandwiches

 

Brown Sugar Cupcakes with Cinnamon Ginger Buttercream & Ginger Cookie Pecan Brittle

Brown Sugar Cupcakes with Cinnamon Ginger Buttercream & Ginger Cookie Pecan Brittle

Brown Butter Apple Tart {Guest Post}

The warm smells and flavors of fall come alive in this custardy brown butter apple tart.

Brown Butter Apple Tart - seriously good

Today’s guest post is from Joanne at Eats Well With Others, who you already know I adore! If you somehow are not already reading her blog on a regular basis, that should definitely change. Some of my favorite posts include her Salted Caramel “Ding Dong” Cake, Bananas Foster Chia Pudding and this Butternut Squash and Caramelized Onion Galette.

I know I’m probably in the minority here, but for me, Thanksgiving menu planning is not just another item on my to-do list, but a way.of.life.

It starts on October 1st, when I break out my stash of November food magazines, open up my Thanksgiving! Pinterest board, and start strategizing.

When I consider how much time my fiance spends deciding who he’s going to play on his Fantasy Football team every week, it’s not so crazy, but let’s just say a lot of energy goes into figuring out how many sweet potato recipes I can try before the Big Day and which pies are really worth my time, energy, and the gray hairs I will inevitably start growing from crust stress.

(Please tell me I’m not alone in this.)

Brown Butter Apple Tart - absolutely delicious

So when I say that this brown butter apple tart is worth it’s place on your holiday table and then some. You’ll know not to take it lightly.

I’ve actually made it twice in the past few years, which says a lot given my seeming inability to make the same recipe more than once (it’s a food blogger thing). But there’s something about the rich nuttiness of the brown butter custard filling paired with the apple pie flavors that keeps me coming back for more. Also, the fact that the crust is so easy to put together and makes double the amount that you need in a two-for-the-time-of-one kind of way, is a selling point in a major way.

Brown Butter Apple Tart {Guest Post}
 
The warm smells and flavors of fall come alive in this custardy brown butter apple tart.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 1 10-inch tart
Ingredients
  • For the crust
  • · 1 cup plus 2 tbsp unsalted butter, room temperature
  • · 1 cup sugar
  • · ¼ tsp salt
  • · 1 large egg, beaten
  • · 2 tbsp heavy cream
  • · 2 tsp vanilla extract
  • · 3½ cups all purpose flour
  • For the filling
  • · 4 large eggs
  • · 1 cup sugar
  • · 1 cup unsalted butter
  • · 1 vanilla bean or 1 tbsp vanilla bean paste
  • · ½ cup all purpose flour
  • · ½ tsp kosher salt
  • · 3 firm, tart apples, peeled, cored and cut crosswise into ¼-inch thick rings
Instructions
  1. In a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment, cream together the butter, sugar, and salt on medium-high speed until fluffy, about 2 minutes. Add in the egg, heavy cream, and vanilla. Combine until smooth. Add the flour and mix until the dough comes together.
  2. Turn out onto a floured work surface and knead a few times. Divide the dough in half and pat each half into a flat disc. Wrap each in plastic wrap and store one in the freezer for future use. Put the other in the refrigerate and chill for 2-3 hours or overnight.
  3. The next day, roll out the refrigerated disc on a lightly floured work surface until it is ⅛-inch thick and 2-inches wider than the tart pan. Spray a 10-inch tart pan with nonstick spray. Press the dough into the tart pan and up the sides. Trim the edges and use the excess to repair any tears or fill any holes. Place in the freezer for 30 minutes.
  4. Heat oven to 350F. Remove the crust from the freezer and line with parchment paper or foil. Fill with dried beans or pie weights. Bake for 20 minutes. Remove the weights and set aside to cool while you prepare the filling.
  5. For the filling, whisk together the eggs and sugar in a medium bowl until combined. Put the butter in a medium saucepan over medium heat. Allow to melt and then cook, stirring frequently, until the butter becomes an amber color and smells nutty. Remove from the heat and pour into a bowl. Allow to cool for 10 minutes. Scrape the insides from the vanilla bean into the butter and whisk to combine. Slowly whisk the brown butter into the egg/sugar mixture. Stir in the flour and salt.
  6. Place the tart shell on a parchment-lined baking sheet. Layer the apples in the tart shell. Pour the filling over the apples until just covered (you may have extra). Bake until the apples are a golden brown and the filling is set in the center, about 70-80 minutes.
  7. Let the tart cool on a wire rack for 2 hours. Serve warm or at room temperature, with whipped cream or ice cream to garnish.
Notes
adapted slightly from Bon Appetit

Which pretty much means that after you inhale it with reckless abandon, and find yourself in brown butter apple withdrawal you’ll already be halfway to putting a second tart in your oven. In my world, that is absolutely a win.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Vanilla Bean Apple Cake

Vanilla Bean Apple Cake

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce

Giant Caramel Apple Cinnamon Bun

Giant Caramel Apple Cinnamon Bun

Soft Batch Apple Butter Cookies with Caramel Icing {Guest Post}

Today I have a special guest post from my friend Rachel. She is generously sharing this recipe for Soft Batch Apple Butter Cookies as a favor while I take some time to be with my family. Be sure to head over to her blog and check out some of her other amazing recipes like Apple Cinnamon English Muffin Bread, Whole Wheat Buffalo Chicken Pizza (all of her pizzas look so good!), Cinnamon Graham S’more Cupcakes and Apple Cinnamon Poptarts to name a few…

Apple Butter Cookies (a special guest post from Baked by Rachel)

When Lauren asked me to guest post for her while she was on maternity leave, I couldn’t have been happier to help out. And being Fall, I knew I had to share something with a fun seasonal twist!

I have a bit of an obsession with all things apple, so since I’ve already made a basic vanilla and pumpkin soft batch cookie, apple was clearly next on the list!

Apples and cookies seem to be a rare combination, but it works so well, especially when you use apple butter. No need for eggs here. And there’s no risk of wondering if the apples will be too firm or too soft.

No chunks or lumps here. Smooth, soft and flavorful apple butter cookies that stay soft! They’re just like your favorite Lofthouse style cookie with the flavors of Fall! Let’s not forget the sweet caramel icing, it’s a must and the perfect finish to these apple butter cookies!

4.0 from 1 reviews
Soft Batch Apple Butter Cookies with Caramel Icing {Guest Post}
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Ingredients
  • Cookie:
  • ¾ cup unsalted butter, softened
  • ½ cup granulated sugar
  • ¼ cup light brown sugar
  • ¼ cup cinnamon apple butter
  • 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
  • ½ teaspoon salt
  • 2 ¼ teaspoon baking powder
  • 2¼ cups all purpose flour
  • Frosting:
  • 1¼ cups powdered sugar
  • 1 tablespoon unsalted butter, softened
  • 1 tablespoon caramel syrup
  • 2 tablespoon water
Instructions
  1. In the bowl of a stand mixer, cream together butter and sugars. Mix in apple butter and vanilla, followed by salt, baking powder and flour. Continue mixing until no streaks remain.
  2. Cover and chill for at least 1 hour or until completely chilled.
  3. Preheat oven to 350°F. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper or a silicone baking mat.
  4. Shape dough into golfball sized balls, flatten to ½-inch thickness. Bake for 10-11 minutes. Allow cookies to rest for 1-2 minutes before transferring to a wire rack to cool.
  5. In a medium bowl, mix together powdered sugar and butter. Mix in caramel syrup and water to desired spreading consistency. Frost cooled cookies and immediately top off with sprinkles.
  6. Allow frosting to set or enjoy immediately.
  7. Store cookies in an airtight container for up to a week.
Notes
A Baked by Rachel original recipe.

Be sure to add these fun cookies to your plans soon!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

You might also like:

Graham Cracker Cookies with Toasted Pumpkin Marshmallow Filling

Graham Cracker Cookies with Toasted Pumpkin Marshmallow Filling

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies

Chewy Milk Chocolate Ginger Cookies

Mini Pumpkin Chocolate Chip Cookies

Mini Pumpkin Chocolate Chip Cookies

Roasted Butternut Squash Pie with Brown Sugar Marshmallow Topping

Flaky pie crust, flavorful roasted butternut squash filling and a sweet toasted brown sugar marshmallow topping make an amazing fall dessert. This is the perfect Thanksgiving pie!

Roasted Butternut Squash Pie with Brown Sugar Marshmallow Topping- so gorgeous for the holidays

Today we are celebrating with a virtual bridal shower for a very dear friend of mine! Joanne is getting married in just a few weeks and I’m so happy to be a part of the celebration. Not only am I partaking in this virtual shower, but I was also honored to be asked to be a bridesmaid in the wedding.

Roasted Butternut Squash Pie with Brown Sugar Marshmallow Topping- seriously good

I’ve known Joanne for four years now and she is truly such a wonderful person. We met over dinner and then quickly bonded later as we flew across the country without a moment of silence on the plane. Our friendship was instantaneous. In the past four years we’ve shared highs and lows and now we are celebrating a very wonderful high. Her happiness is contagious!

Flaky pie crust, flavorful roasted butternut squash filling and a sweet toasted brown sugar marshmallow topping make the perfect fall dessert.

Among many other things, Joanne and I share a love of winter squash. For her fall-themed virtual shower, I thought it would be the perfect ingredient to focus on. I wanted to make a very special dessert and I have a feeling that this pie, packed with our favorite vegetable (seriously, look at that bright orange hue in the photo above) was the perfect choice. The marshmallow topping adds a wonderful sweetness and the flavor from the brown sugar really compliments the pie. Thinking about what to make in a few weeks for Thanksgiving? This pie will not let you down.

Scroll down to see what our other blogging friends are sharing!

Roasted Butternut Squash Pie with Brown Sugar Marshmallow Topping
 
Flaky pie crust, flavorful roasted butternut squash filling and a sweet toasted brown sugar marshmallow topping make an amazing fall dessert. This is the perfect Thanksgiving pie!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 1 9-inch pie; 8-10 servubgs
Ingredients
  • 1 unbaked 9-inch (4-cup volume) deep-dish pie crust dough, cold* (I used Audra’s pie crust recipe – so flaky!)
  • Butternut Squash Filling
  • 900g (~4 cups) cubed butternut squash (from ~2 ½ pound squash)
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • 1g (1/2 teaspoon ground nutmeg)
  • ½g (1/2 teaspoon ground ginger)
  • 118g light brown sugar, tightly packed
  • 150g (3 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 148 milliliters (1/2 cup + 2 tablespoons) heavy cream
  • 30 milliliters (2 tablespoons) bourbon (optional, can replace with vanilla)
  • Toasted Brown Sugar Marshmallow Topping
  • 115g (1/2 cup tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • 50 g (¼ cup) granulated sugar
  • 60g (3 large) egg whites at room temperature
  • 1g (1/4 teaspoon) cream of tartar
Instructions
  1. Roast squash: pre-heat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit; Line a large baking sheet with foil and coat with non-stick cooking spray
  2. Place squash on baking sheet and toss with cinnamon, nutmeg and ginger; cook in oven for 30-35 minutes or until fork tender; set aside to cool
  3. Reduce oven temperature to 350 degrees Fahrenheit and prepare to par-bake pie crust
  4. Roll out pie crust and press into a 9-inch glass or ceramic pie plate (do not overwork the crust); neatly trim the edges and crimp crust as desired; refrigerate pie place with crust for ten minutes so that dough is once again chilled
  5. When ready, line pie shell with foil and fill with pie weights, change or dried beans
  6. Bake for 25 minutes and then remove pie crust from oven; remove foil and pie weights; return to oven for an additional 10 minutes or until crust appears to be a very light gold (remember, you will be baking the rest of the pie for additional time)
  7. While crust is baking, prepare pie filling (you can use a large bowl with an immersion blender or a high-speed blender); place all filling ingredients in bowl or blender and combine on high speed until smooth (if using a high-speed blender like a Vitamix, start blender on low and gradually increase speed to high; blending will only take a couple of minutes)
  8. Pour filling into pie shell and bake for about 40-50 minutes or until filling is set; if crust begins to brown too much during baking, cover lightly with foil
  9. Set pie aside on cooling rack and prepare topping
  10. Place sugars, egg whites and cream of tartar in a the large bowl of an electric mixer or another heatproof bowl set up with a candy thermometer
  11. Place bowl over a medium pot or saucepan of simmering water, being careful that the water does not reach the bowl
  12. Whisk the topping ingredients constantly for several minutes or until sugar has dissolved and temperature reaches 160 degrees Fahrenheit
  13. Remove bowl from heat and use the whisk attachment on electric mixer to finish topping; beat on high speed for about six minutes minutes or until stiff glossy peaks form
  14. Spread or pipe decoratively over pie and use a torch or broiler to (carefully without burning) brown the marshmallow topping
Notes
Adapted from Food and Wine
Pie can be made one day in advance and refrigerated (you can wait to torch or broil the topping until prior to serving if desired)

Roasted Butternut Squash Pie with Brown Sugar Marshmallow Topping - so making this for Thanksgiving!
My pie-loving (but super-picky-dessert-eating) sister said this was the best pie she has ever eaten!
And now for the rest of the shower!

Cocktails:

Pumpkin Spice White Russian – Nutmeg Nanny

Warm Apple Pie Cocktail – Miss In The Kitchen

Bourbon Apple Cider Cocktail– Cook Like A Champion

Snacks/Savory:

Baked Brie with Honey and Sliced Almonds – The Lemon Bowl

Butternut Squash and Apple Galette – Warm Vanilla Sugar

Roasted Pumpkin Crostini – Annie’s Eats

Kale Salad with Maple Butternut Squash and Pomegranate Dressing – Blahnik Baker

Lemony-Pasta Stuffed Zucchini – Very Culinary

Pumpkin Dip with Apple Chips– Meadows Cooks

Sweet:

Pumpkin Cinnamon Roll Cake – The Baker Chick

Peanut Butter Fudge Pie with Salted Peanut Butter Caramel– Taste and Tell

Caramel Apple Upside Down Cake – The Girl in the Little Red Kitchen

Snickerdoodle Bundt Cake – Chocolate and Carrots

Roasted Butternut Squash Pie with Brown Sugar Marshmallow Topping – Keep It Sweet

Caramel Corn Chocolate Chip Cookies – The Cooking Actress

Caramel Cranberry Apple Galette – Bakeaholic Mama

Coconut Pecan Tarts – Bake or Break

Cranberry Margarita Cupcakes – Baker by Nature

Gingerbread Truffles – Dinners Dishes and Desserts

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Pumpkin and Ginger Ice Cream Sandwich Cookie Cake {Guest Post}

Today I have a guest post from my friend Erin. If you don’t know her blog, The Spiffy Cookie, you definitely need to head over there and explore. Erin and I both have a big love of chocolate, peanut butter and all things sweet. Some of my favorite recipes of hers are the Peanut Butter Pretzel Brownies, Biscoff Cheesecake Ice Cream and the Mini Chocolate Caramel Peanut Butter Cheesecakes. Also, Erin is awesome. She is seriously smart (she just got her PhD!) and does things like die her hair purple. Now if only she was smart enough to make this gigantic ice cream sandwich appear before my eyes… PS feel free to flashback to this guest post Erin shared over THREE years ago:-)

Pumpkin & Ginger Ice Cream Sandwich Cookie Cake 4

Hello Keep It Sweet readers! My name is Erin and I blog over on The Spiffy Cookie. While Lauren takes a break to soak up every last minute with her adorable new baby son, I am here to distract you with delicious sweets.

I actually had the pleasure of meeting Lauren last year and got to try many of her amazing cookies and bars available through her former baking business. She’s also the culprit who got me hooked on caramelized white chocolate! Obviously she knows her stuff and I am honored to be guest posting for her today.

Pumpkin & Ginger Ice Cream Sandwich Cookie Cake 2

There’s nothing wrong with enjoying ice cream during the fall and winter months especially when it can be transformed into any flavor you would like, including all your favorite fall flavors. Ginger may not be one that first comes to mind but it is a wonderful flavor to add to others such as pumpkin, which is why I didn’t stop after making the candied ginger ice cream.

Pumpkin and Ginger Ice Cream Sandwich Cookie Cake {Guest Post}
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 8-12 servings
Ingredients
  • Ice Cream
  • 1 cup heavy cream
  • ¼ tsp ground ginger
  • ½ can sweetened condensed milk (about ¾ cup)
  • ¼ cup chopped candied ginger
  • Cookie Cake
  • 1-3/4 cups all-purpose flour
  • 1 tsp baking soda
  • 1 tsp cinnamon
  • ¼ tsp salt
  • ¼ tsp nutmeg
  • ⅛ tsp allspice
  • ½ cup (1 stick) unsalted butter, room temperature
  • 1 cup light brown sugar, lightly packed
  • ½ cup pumpkin puree
  • 1 egg
  • ½ tsp vanilla extract
  • 4 oz. (1/2 cup) chopped dark chocolate
Instructions
  1. Line a 10-inch (or 9-inch) cake pan or springform pan with plastic wrap and set aside.
  2. In a large, chilled bowl, whip heavy cream to soft peaks. Add the ground ginger and whip to stiff peaks.
  3. Using a rubber spatula, gently fold in the sweetened condensed milk into the whipped cream. Fold in chopped candied ginger.
  4. Pour ice cream into the plastic lined cake pan, cover with more plastic wrap and freeze for 6 hours or overnight.
  5. Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Place parchment paper in the bottom of two 10-inch (or 9-inch) cake pans or springform pans. Grease the sides.
  6. In a medium bowl, whisk together the flour, baking soda, cinnamon, salt, nutmeg, and allspice. Set aside.
  7. In a large bowl, beat butter and sugar together until creamy, about 3-4 minutes. Mix in pumpkin, egg and vanilla extract. Add flour mixture until combined. Fold in chopped chocolate.
  8. Divide and spread the cookie dough out evenly into the pans. Bake for 20-22 minutes or until set.
  9. Remove from oven and let cool for about 15 minutes, then transfer to cooling rack to cool completely.
  10. Once completely cooled, arrange one layer of the cookie cake on a large plate or platter. Remove ice cream from freezer, unwrap, and place on top. Sandwich with the second layer of the cookie cake. Slice and serve immediately. Store any leftovers in the freezer covered in foil or plastic wrap.
Notes
Source: Ice cream adapted from my No-Churn Chocolate Almond Ice Cream. Cookie Cake adapted from my Reese's Peanut Butter Cookie Cake.

Sandwiched around the ice cream is a pumpkin dark chocolate chip cookie cake creating in one giant ice cream cookie sandwich. Slice it up, serve, and devour!

Pumpkin & Ginger Ice Cream Sandwich Cookie Cake 3

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Butternut-Pumpkin Spice Sheet Cake with Bourbon-Vanilla Cream Cheese Frosting {Guest Post}

Today’s guest post is from a fellow new mom (how adorable is Avery?!) and talented baker. Steph from Girl Versus Dough makes some terrific baked goods and even had an e-book published earlier this year! Be sure to visit her blog and check out some of her other amazing recipes like Peaches and Cream Streusel Bread, S’mores Pretzel Hand Pies, and Sweet Potato Marshmallow Cinnamon Rolls!

Butternut-Pumpkin Spice Sheet Cake with Bourbon-Vanilla Cream Cheese Frosting

Hi there, fellow dessert lovers! My name is Stephanie and I write about my adventures in baking bread and other tasty, unique recipes over at Girl Versus Dough. I’m so honored to be a guest on Lauren’s blog today so she can have some extra snuggle time with her new baby boy.

It was just five short months ago that my own little one was born – and let me tell you, it’s the best thing ever. Getting to spend every day with my daughter is a joy and a treasure, and I am sure Lauren will tell you the same about her own experiences with her baby (well, when she can catch up on some sleep, that is! ;)). There’s just nothing like it. Of course, there’s also nothing like changing a verrrry full diaper or doing the fifth load of laundry in one day or downing that extra cup of coffee just to keep your eyelids open – but I digress.

Butternut-Pumpkin Spice Sheet Cake with Bourbon-Vanilla Cream Cheese Frosting

Having a little one to care for also makes it a wee more difficult to bake – and because you all love dessert as much as I do (I know this because you are on Lauren’s blog right now, where all the dessert yumminess in all the land resides), you know how upsetting this can be. But I’m happy to report that you can, in fact, have a baby and eat your cake, too, if you’ve got easy recipes on hand.

This butternut-pumpkin spice sheet cake (with a bourbon-vanilla cream cheese frosting, hello!) may sound like a complicated recipe, but it’s really very easy. I love it because it’s the perfect embodiment of fall flavors in cake form, it’s quick and simple to put together and because you bake it on a sheet pan, it serves a crowd (it also means the cake to frosting ratio is perfection).

The cake base is made with pureed pumpkin and butternut squash mixed with classic autumn spices, like cinnamon, cloves and cardamom. Once baked, the result is perfectly soft and dense with a moist crumb. Then you spread on the smooth cream cheese buttercream flavored with a bit of bourbon and vanilla, sprinkle some chopped pecans on top and wowza – it’s so good, it almost makes up for having to do that fifth load of laundry.

Forget the Halloween candy this year – I’m going straight for a slice (or three) of this cake. I highly recommend you do the same.

Butternut-Pumpkin Spice Sheet Cake with Bourbon-Vanilla Cream Cheese Frosting {Guest Post}
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 16 servings
Ingredients
  • For the Cake
  • 1 cup canned pumpkin (or mashed, cooked pumpkin)
  • ¾ cup mashed, cooked butternut squash
  • 1 cup granulated sugar
  • ½ cup packed brown sugar
  • 1 cup vegetable oil
  • 4 eggs
  • 2 cups all-purpose flour
  • 2 teaspoons baking powder
  • 2 teaspoons ground cinnamon
  • 1 teaspoon baking soda
  • ½ teaspoon ground cardamom
  • ¼ teaspoon ground cloves
  • ¼ teaspoon salt
  • ½ cup chopped pecans, for topping
  • For the Frosting
  • 10 ounces cream cheese, room temperature
  • ¾ cup (1½ sticks) unsalted butter, room temperature
  • 2 teaspoons bourbon
  • 2 teaspoons vanilla
  • 4 to 6 cups powdered sugar
Instructions
  1. Heat oven to 350 degrees F. Grease the bottom and sides of a 15-by-10 or 12-by-17-inch rimmed baking sheet (or a 13-by-9-inch pan*).
  2. In a large bowl, beat canned pumpkin, mashed butternut squash, sugars, oil and eggs until well combined. In a separate large bowl, whisk together flour, baking powder, cinnamon, baking soda, cardamom, cloves and salt until combined.
  3. Gradually mix dry ingredients into wet ingredients; stir just until combined.
  4. Pour and spread batter evenly into prepared baking sheet. Bake 20 to 25 minutes until a toothpick inserted in the center of the cake comes out clean. Cool cake completely in baking sheet on a cooling rack.
  5. Meanwhile, make the frosting: In a large bowl, beat cream cheese and butter 1 minute until well combined. Add bourbon, vanilla and 4 cups powdered sugar. Stir on medium speed until combined. Add more powdered sugar as needed to create a smooth, spreadable frosting.
  6. Spread frosting evenly over the top of the fully cooled cake (you may want to refrigerate the cooled cake for about 1 hour before frosting it so it's easier to frost). Top with chopped pecans.
Notes
If using a 13-by-9-inch pan, you may need to increase the baking time by a few minutes.

Butternut-Pumpkin Spice Sheet Cake with Bourbon-Vanilla Cream Cheese Frosting

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Salted Caramel & Peanut Oatmeal Cookies

Big, chewy oatmeal cookies full of crunchy peanuts and chewy caramel.

Salted Caramel & Peanut Oatmeal Cookies

So I actually had to make this cookie recipe twice. The first time, I was working off of a different recipe of mine that I cut in half. Easy enough. Well, except I think my pregnancy brain got the best of me and I forgot to cut the oatmeal in half. While I was adding it to the dough I kept thinking, this just doesn’t seem right. But I forged on, not wanting to waste all of the ingredients, and baked the dough anyway. To be honest, the cookies actually weren’t too bad. They were definitely heartier and not as moist as they should have been, but the flavors were great.

Salted Caramel & Peanut Oatmeal Cookies
 
Big, chewy oatmeal cookies full of crunchy peanuts and chewy caramel.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 15 large cookies
Ingredients
  • 113g (1/2 cup) unsalted butter, softened
  • 117g (~1/2 cup tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • 55g (~1/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 55g (1 large whole) eggs
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • 65g (~1/2 cup) all-purpose flour
  • 4g (1/2 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 2g (1/4 teaspoon) salt
  • 160g (~1 ¾ cup) oatmeal (I prefer old-fashioned oats)
  • 110g (~3/4 cup) unsalted chopped peanuts
  • 110g (~2/3 cup) caramel bits caramel bitsor chopped caramel squares
  • Flaky Sea Salt
Instructions
  1. Whisk together flour, baking soda and salt; set aside
  2. Beat butter and sugars in an electric mixer on high until light and fluffy
  3. Mix in eggs and vanilla on medium speed; scrape sides and bottom of bowl with a spatula
  4. Reduce speed to low and gradually add the flour mixture
  5. Once combined, stir in the oatmeal; then stir in peanuts and caramel bits; do not overmix dough
  6. Chill dough in refrigerator for 2 hours (or up to 24 hours), the longer the better
  7. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  8. When ready to bake, use a large cookie dough scoop to place cookie dough balls (about ¼ cup each) on top of parchment paper, 2-3 inches apart; sprinkle lightly with flaky sea salt
  9. Bake cookies 15-17 minutes or until cookies are golden brown; they should look slightly underbaked in the center
  10. Set aside to cool on wire racks before eating

Salted Caramel & Peanut Oatmeal Cookies
This time around, though, I double checked what I was doing and the result was wonderful. The oatmeal cookies are nice and chewy and the sweet and salty flavors are spot on. It kind of feels like a Payday jumped into an oatmeal cookie and a star was born. These cookies are addicting.

 

Salted Caramel & Peanut Oatmeal Cookies

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

3-Layer Cookies ‘n Cream Cake

Chocolate and vanilla bean cake layers slathered in cookies ‘n cream frosting

3-Layer Cookies ‘n Cream Cake- chocolate and vanilla bean cake with cookies n cream buttercream!

Year after year there seems to be more pressure when it comes to birthday cakes.  I always want to outdo the previous year’s dessert but at the same time, I need to bake something true to what the birthday girl or boy loves.  In the case of Matt’s birthday I’ve previously made Oreo Cream Cheese Brownies (those photos, OUCH) and this M&M Kit Kat Cake (I know there are others but somehow they aren’t on the blog??).  This year I wanted to do a real cake again, but I went with his love of Oreos and vanilla bean and let those two things shine.

Cookies ‘n Cream Cake- 3 amazing layers of deliciousness

This sweet treat is built with two layers of fluffy vanilla bean cake (Matt LOVED it), one layer of dark chocolate cake, and lots and lots of cookies ‘n cream buttercream.  The extra Oreos used for decorating were great for an eye appeal but also added a nice textural component to a few bites of each slice.  Since it was a birthday cake I didn’t get any glamour slice photos, but you can see another picture of the inside here.

Matt Bday Cake

 

3-Layer Cookies 'n Cream Cake
 
Chocolate and vanilla bean cake layers slathered in cookies ‘n cream frosting
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 12 servings
Ingredients
Instructions
  1. Prepare vanilla bean cake and dark chocolate cake as directed and set aside layers to cool
  2. Once cake layers are cooled, prepare buttercream
  3. Place one layer of vanilla cake down on desired cake plate and top with about [ ] cup buttercream and spread evenly
  4. Place chocolate cake layer down carefully and repeat layer of frosting
  5. Top that layer with second vanilla cake layer and cover cake with remaining buttercream; decorate with additional Oreos as desired
Notes
Store cake in refrigerator and serve at room temperature; best eaten within one day of frosting (will be good up to three days)

 
3-Layer Cookies 'n Cream Cake
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Ingredients
  • 340 grams / 12 ounces (1½ cups / 3 sticks) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 227 grams / 8 ounces regular or light cream cheese
  • 160 grams / 1 pound 7 ounces (~5 cups) powdered sugar
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 50 grams / 1¾ ounces (~1/2 cup) finely ground Oreo crumbs (~6 cookies) PLUS additional cookies for decorating
Instructions
  1. Beat butter and cream cheese in the bowl of an electric mixer with the paddle attachment on high speed for several minutes until butter is light and creamy
  2. Add 1 cup of powdered sugar and mix on low speed until combined; add remaining powdered sugar and vanilla and increase speed of mixer to high and beat until frosting is light and fluffy
  3. Stir in Oreo crumbs until evenly distributed

Cookies ‘n Cream Cake- 3 amazing layers (chocolate, vanilla bean and cookies n cream buttercream!)

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Amazing Cookies n Cream Layer Cake

 

Pumpkin Cake with Pecan Pie Glaze

This moist and flavorful pumpkin bundt cake is topped with a pecan pie glaze.  Have the best of both worlds in one dessert!

This Pumpkin Cake with Pecan Pie Glaze has to be made for Thanksgiving!

I actually made this cake way back in August and the smells in the kitchen that day immediately brought me to Fall.  I realize that is something people say all the time, but it’s especially apparent when you are baking with the traditional pumpkin spices mid-Summer.  There is something so comforting about the aromas.  Because really, on a cool, crisp day, one where you are running around in your favorite pair of jeans and knee-high boots, what could be better than coming home to a kitchen that smells of cinnamon and a freshly baked Autumn dessert?

This Pumpkin Cake with Pecan Pie Glaze is so perfect

For me, the pumpkin cake can truly stand alone.  It’s moist and flavorful and completely fulfilling sans topping.  However, this is a baking blog, and I wanted to bring something different to the table than the traditional pumpkin bundt cake.  So I thought about other fall desserts and what people love to eat and my head went to Thanksgiving.  It might not be my favorite thing in the world but no one can deny that pecan pie is a Thanksgiving crowd pleaser.  So I brought the two together!  The pecan pie glaze is just like a traditional pecan pie filling; sweet and goopy, full of pecan chunks.  Pour it over the pumpkin cake and you add an extra sweetness and crunchy texture to the dessert.  Plus, a the bundt cake dripping with pecan pie glaze will look beautiful set up on a cake stand on your dessert table.

This Pumpkin Cake with Pecan Pie Glaze is my new favorite fall dessert

4.0 from 1 reviews
Pumpkin Cake with Pecan Pie Glaze
 
This moist and flavorful pumpkin bundt cake is topped with a pecan pie glaze. Have the best of both worlds in one dessert!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 16-20 servings
Ingredients
  • 240g (~2¼ cups) cake flour
  • 7 ½g (1 ½ teaspoons) baking soda
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) baking powder
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • ½g (½ teaspoon) ground cloves
  • 2 ½g (½ teaspoon) salt
  • 170g (12 tablespoons) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 122g (½ cup) unsweetened applesauce
  • 234g (~1 cup packed) brown sugar
  • 213g (~1 cup) granulated sugar
  • 200g (2 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 425gs (~2 cups) canned pumpkin (NOT pumpkin pie filling)
  • 10 milliliters / 2 teaspoons pure vanilla extract
Instructions
  1. Preheat oven to 350 degrees
  2. Grease and flour a 12 or 14 cup bundt pan; set aside
  3. In a large bowl, whisk together flour, baking soda, baking powder, cinnamon, cloves and salt; set aside
  4. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat butter, applesauce and sugars in large bowl on medium speed until light and fluffy; scrape sides and bottom of bowl with a rubber spatula
  5. Beat in eggs, one at a time, beating on medium speed after each addition; beat in pumpkin and vanilla
  6. Gradually add flour with mixer on low speed just until combined; do not overmix
  7. Pour batter into prepared cake pan and bake 46-50 minutes until a knife inserted into cake comes out clean
  8. Allow to cool for 15 minutes before inverting onto a cooling rack; set aside to cool while preparing pecan pie glaze
Notes
Adapted from an Autumn Day’s Cake in an old Gold Medal magazine
Cake can be made day before serving, just wait to make the glaze until that day. Store leftovers tightly wrapped with seran or in an airtight container up to five days. Cake can also be made and frozen in advance but glaze should be made day of serving in that case as well.

 
4.0 from 1 reviews
Pecan Pie Glaze
 
Ingredients
  • 80g (~3/4 cup) chopped pecans
  • 57g (4 tablespoons) unsalted butter, melted
  • 53g (~1/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 3 tablespoons light corn syrup
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 300 degrees; line a baking sheet with tin foil and spread the pecans out on pan
  2. Toast pecans in oven for about 7 minutes, being careful not to burn; set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together remaining ingredients; stir in pecans and pour over pumpkin cake

I LOVE this Pumpkin Cake w Pecan Pie Glaze

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce {gluten-free}

Served warm, this skillet apple crisp is just what you need to fill you up at the end of a cool Fall day!

Served warm, this skillet apple crisp with brown butter sauce is just what you need to fill you up at the end of a cool Fall day!

This apple crisp is warm and hearty and perfect for the end of a chilly day (or in my case, mid-morning on a hot day in mid-August…).  You can make it in a skillet which I love, it gives the dessert a nice rustic feel and encourages everyone at the table to help themselves to a generous serving.  The brown butter sauce is the perfect addition because the crisp itself is almost light.  The sauce basically adds a richness that you might not be able to find in a fruit heavy dessert.

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce (naturally gluten-free!)

Of course you can still add some vanilla ice cream or fresh whipped cream, but I found that the addition of that brown butter topping really makes this a very satisfying dessert on its own.  I’m not kidding when I say I enjoyed this mid-morning.  It was impossible to resist fresh out of the oven once the photos were taken.  Besides, all of those fresh apple chunks and oats make this sort of kind of healthy.  Right???

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce (naturally gluten-free!)

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce {gluten-free}
 
Served warm, this skillet apple crisp is just what you need to fill you up at the end of a cool Fall day!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 6-8 servings
Ingredients
  • Topping:
  • 55g (~1/2 cup) oat flour* (I pulsed my oatmeal in the food processor until it was the consistency of flour)
  • 40g (~1/2 cup) old fashioned oatmeal*
  • 70g (~1/3 cup, tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • 55g (1/4 cup) cold unsalted butter, cut into small cubes
  • Filling:
  • ~8 cups chopped apples, peeling optional (from 908 grams or about 7 medium whole apples) (preferably granny smith or honeycrisp)
  • 28g (~1/4 cup) granulated sugar
  • 15g (~2 tablespoons) oat flour* (I pulsed my oatmeal in the food processor until it was the consistency of flour)
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice (~1/2 lemon)
  • 14g (1 tablespoons) unsalted butter, chilled, cut into small pieces
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350 degrees
  2. In a medium bowl, prepare topping; mix together oat flour, oatmeal and brown sugar
  3. Add butter and use fingers to combine until mixture is slightly lumpy; set aside
  4. Prepare filling; in 10 or 12-inch skillet, stir together apples, granulated sugar, oat flour, lemon juice, and cinnamon; sprinkle evenly with topping
  5. Bake for 30-35 minutes or until filling is bubbling and topping is lightly browned, if you see that topping has started to get to brown early, lightly cover with tin foil for remainder of baking time
  6. Remove crisp from oven and immediately prepare brown butter glaze
Notes
Adapted from my Summer Berry Skillet Crisp
*If serving to someone with a gluten allergy make sure your ingredients are labeled gluten-free
The apple crisp can be made ahead of time and kept in refrigerator until ready to bake; may require extra cooking time if cold

 
Brown Butter Sauce
 
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Ingredients
  • 57g (4 tablespoons) unsalted butter
  • 100g (~3/4 cup) powdered sugar, sifted
  • 15 milliliters / 1 tablespoon milk, any type
  • 5 milliliters / 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
Instructions
  1. Brown the butter; heat butter in a small heavy duty saucepan over medium heat, stirring constantly; when butter turns to an amber/light brown color, remove from heat immediately (you should be able to smell the deeper more caramel flavor of the butter)
  2. Pour butter into a medium heat-proof bowl (do NOT leave behind the sediment, it adds flavor); whisk in sugar, milk and vanilla
  3. Immediately pour glaze over hot apple crisp and serve
Notes
Recipe from Martha Stewart, originally seen on i am baker

 

Skillet Apple Crisp with Brown Butter Sauce (naturally gluten-free!) - so perfect for all of the apples in my kitchen

 

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Pretzel Cookie Sandwiches

Chewy pretzel infused cookies sandwiched together with buttercream.

Chewy pretzel infused cookies sandwiched together with buttercream.

I got the crazy idea that I needed to make a cookie that was flavored like a pretzel.  It happened sometime after these Oreo cookies disappeared.  However the crazy idea popped into my head, I’m so glad it did.  These chewy cookies were pretty addicting.  Frankly they didn’t need any buttercream at all but I thought it would be fun to play on the salty pretzel theme with some salted caramel buttercream (and why not?).  Next time I’ll leave them be……. or sandwich them with chocoalate or peanut butter buttercream.  Uhoh!

Pretzel Cookie Sandwiches
 
Chewy pretzel infused cookies sandwiched together with buttercream.
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 13 cookie sandwiches
Ingredients
  • 165g (~1¼ cup) all-purpose flour
  • 105g (~1 cup) finely ground salted pretzels (I started with ~5 cups of large pretzel thins)
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 2g (1/2 teaspoon) salt
  • 170g (3/4 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 105g (~1/2) cup granulated sugar
  • 120g (~1/2 cup) packed light brown sugar
  • 50g (1 whole large) egg at room temperature
  • 5 milliliters (1 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • Salted Caramel Buttercream (or other filling of choice)
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350; line baking sheets with parchment paper and set aside
  2. Whisk flour, pretzel crumbs, baking soda and salt in a medium bowl and set aside
  3. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat butter and sugars on high speed until light and fluffy
  4. Beat in egg and vanilla on medium speed just until combined
  5. Reduce mixer speed to low and slowly add dry ingredients but do not overmix; use a spatula to make sure all cookie batter is combined
  6. Use a medium cookie dough scoop or tablespoon to make cookie dough balls on a baking sheet lined with parchment paper (about 1½ tablespoons each)
  7. Bake cookies for 9-10 minutes or until edges have slightly darkened and centers appear set
  8. Allow cookies to cool on a cooling rack; once cool, match each cookie with a second cookie of same size
  9. Spread or pipe frosting onto bottom of half of the cookie sandwiches, about 1½ tablespoons each; lightly press remaining cookies down onto frosting to create sandwiches
Notes
Cookie adapted from these Oreo Overload Cookies and these Graham Cracker Cookies
Store cookies in an airtight container up to four days (eat within two for best texture).  Can be frozen up to one month.

Chewy pretzel-flavored cookies... with buttercream!

Serious Pretzel Cookie Sandwiches
Note: This post contains affiliate links.

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Espresso Salted Dark Chocolate Biscotti

These rich dark chocolate biscotti are extra crunchy, perfect for coffee dunking!

Espresso Salted Dark Chocolate Biscotti -extra crunchy, perfect for coffee dunking!

I’m not usually one to choose biscotti as a dessert of choice.  Often times, they are dry, super hard and not all that flavorful.  These biscotti here, they are a different story.  The rich dark chocolate and espresso salt ensure that every bite is full of flavor.  And yes they are very crunchy, but that just makes them perfect for dunking into coffee, milk or even hot chocolate.  This is a biscotti I can get behind!

Espresso Salted Dark Chocolate Biscotti
 
These rich dark chocolate biscotti are extra crunchy, perfect for coffee dunking!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: ~18 biscotti
Ingredients
  • 265g (~2 cups) all-purpose flour
  • 80g (3/4 cup) dark unsweetened cocoa powder
  • 2½g (1/2 teaspoon) baking soda
  • 1g (¼ teaspoon) salt
  • 165g (~¾ cup) granulated sugar
  • 115g (~1/2 cup, tightly packed) light brown sugar
  • 150g (~3 large) whole eggs
  • 59 milliliters (¼ cup) canola oil
  • 30 milliliters (2 tablespoons) pure vanilla extract
  • 220g (~1½ cups) dark chocolate, chopped (I used 72%)
  • 6g (1 tablespoon) espresso salt
Instructions
  1. Preheat the oven to 350°. Line 2 baking sheets with parchment paper.
  2. In a large bowl, whisk together flour, cocoa, baking soda and salt; set aside
  3. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat together sugars, eggs, oil and vanilla; scrape sides of bowl with a spatula
  4. Reduce speed to low and stir in dry ingredients just until combined; stir in chopped chocolate and but not overmix
  5. Put half of dough on each prepared baking sheet and use lightly flowered hands to form into loaves (~9x5 inches and ¾ inch thick); the dough will be wet and sticky
  6. Sprinkle each loaf heavily with espresso salt
  7. Bake for 30 minutes
  8. Remove from oven and slice each loaf (1-inch slices); turn each slice over onto its side and bake for an additional 10 minutes
  9. Flip slices over once more and bake for an additional 10
  10. Store biscotti in an airtight container or ziplock bag up to one week or freeze up to one month
Notes
Adapted from Food and Wine

Espresso Salted Dark Chocolate Biscotti -These rich dark chocolate biscotti are extra crunchy, perfect for coffee dunking!

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Cinnamon Roll Blondie Bites

Mini cinnamon chip blondies are topped with the perfect cinnamon roll cream cheese frosting!

Mini cinnamon chip blondies are topped with the perfect cinnamon roll cream cheese frosting!

So I realize I’ve been posting a ton of cinnamon-seasoned desserts lately, but can you blame me?  Cinnamon enhances all things pumpkin and apple, but it really shines on its own as well.  As a result, I gave these blondies the full addicted-to-cinnamon treatment.

Cinnamon Roll Blondie Bites - that frosting is incredible!

These perfect fudgy blondie bites are full of cinnamon chips and then topped with an incredible cinnamon roll cream cheese icing.  Either one is delicious on its own, but together you have an incredibly indulgent bite-sized treat.

Cinnamon Roll Blondie Bites - need to make these!

Cinnamon Roll Blondie Bites
 
Mini cinnamon chip blondies are topped with the perfect cinnamon roll cream cheese frosting!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Ingredients
  • 350g (~1½ cups packed) light brown sugar
  • 113g (1/2 cup / 1 stick) unsalted butter
  • 170g (~1¼ cups) all-purpose flour
  • 5g (1 teaspoon) salt
  • 1g (1/2 teaspoon) ground cinnamon
  • 2 ½g (1/2 teaspoon) baking powder
  • 100g (2 large) whole eggs at room temperature
  • 5 milliliters / 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 160g (1 cup) cinnamon chips
  • Frosting recipe below
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 350; a 24-cup mini muffin tin with paper or foil cupcake liners and set aside
  2. Melt butter and brown sugar in a heavy duty saucepan over medium heat stirring constantly; remove from heat and set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together flour, salt, cinnamon and baking powder
  4. In a separate large bowl, whisk eggs and vanilla; add melted butter and brown sugar mixture and whisk until combined
  5. Slowly whisk in dry ingredients just until combined
  6. Fold in cinnamon chips
  7. Use a small ladle or medium cookie dough scoop to distribute batter evenly between cups; bake in oven for 15-17 minutes or until a toothpick comes out clean from center of blondies; do not overbake
  8. Allow to cool and prepare frosting
  9. Store blondies in an airtight container up to three days (if it is warm, keep them stored in the refrigerator)

 
Cinnamon Roll Blondie Bites
 
Cinnamon Roll Frosting
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Ingredients
  • Cinnamon Mixture
  • 78g (~1/3 cup packed) light brown sugar
  • 21g (1½ tablespoons) unsalted butter, melted
  • 1g (1/2 teaspoon) cinnamon
  • Buttercream Base
  • 113g (1/2 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 113g regular or light cream cheese, softened at room temperature
  • 320g (~2 cups) powdered sugar
  • 2 ½ milliliters (1/2 teaspoon) vanilla
Instructions
  1. In a small bowl, stir together the butter, brown sugar and cinnamon; set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat the butter and cream cheese until smooth and creamy; add the sugar and vanilla and mix on low speed until combined then increase to medium-high speed and beat until light and fluffy
  3. Remove bowl from mixer and fold in the brown sugar mixture but do not mix completely
  4. Pipe or spread frosting onto cooled blondie bites
Notes
Adapted from Oh Sweet Basil

Cinnamon Roll Blondie Bites - a major crowd pleaser (if you can share...)

 

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Sweet and Salty Toll House Pie

This warm sweet and salty cookie pie is perfect with a scoop of vanilla ice cream!

Sweet and Salty Toll House Pie -This warm sweet and salty cookie pie is perfect with a scoop of vanilla ice cream!

This is just one of those posts where I’m going to cringe looking at the pictures, but the recipe is too good not to share and frankly, sometimes the most UN-photogenic desserts are the tastiest.

Way back on our first Valentine’s Day together (2004!), Matt took me to dinner at Murphy’s in Atlanta.  Pretty much everyone who went to Emory has gone there at least once (likely during a parental visit where there was a rental car and someone else’s credit card involved).  This was actually my second date at the restaurant but I don’t think I told that fact to Matt that night…  Anyway, our meal involved some delicious food (to this day Matt still talks about the grouper he had) and ended on a sweet note with Toll House Pie.  I had no idea that this was a thing at the time, but apparently it was and anyone who went to Murphy’s had to have it (a sign that my first date there was definitely not meant to be).  When the server brought out the warm slice of pie oozing with melted chocolate and topped with creamy vanilla ice cream melting away, we were in dessert heaven.  Way back then I was a bit on the stricter side (ahem, very strict) when it came to indulging, but you better believe I ate my fair share of that pie.

Since then I’ve made the traditional version once (sans nuts), but this time around I wanted to make it sweet and salty.  Swapping out the chopped nuts for pretzel pieces and loading it with big milk chocolate chunks was a good move.  As was the sprinkling of smoked sea salt on top!

Sweet and Salty Toll House Pie -oozing and warm... perfect with ice cream!

Sweet and Salty Toll House Pie
 
This warm sweet and salty cookie pie is perfect with a scoop of vanilla ice cream!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: 8 servings
Ingredients
  • 1 unbaked 9-inch (4-cup volume) deep-dish pie crust dough, cold* (I used
  • Audra’s pie crust recipe– so flaky!)
  • 100g (~2 large) whole eggs
  • 10 milliliters / 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
  • 235g (~1 cup packed) light brown sugar
  • 170g (3/4 cup) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 64g (~1/2 cup) all-purpose flour
  • 2 ½g (½ teaspoon) salt
  • 150g (~1 cup) milk chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 40g (~1 cup) broken salted pretzel pieces
  • 2g (1 teaspoon) flaky sea salt, preferably smoked
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 325 degrees
  2. Roll out pie crust and press into a 9-inch glass or ceramic pie-plate; set aside
  3. In a medium bowl, combine flour and salt; set aside
  4. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, beat eggs and vanilla on medium-high speed for several minutes until light and foamy
  5. Beat in sugar and butter on medium-high speed until well-combined; use a rubber spatula to scrape the bottom and sides of the mixing bowl
  6. Put mixer on low and slowly add in flour mix
  7. Stir in chocolate and pretzels but do not overmix
  8. Carefully spread filling into pie shell; top with flaky sea salt
  9. Bake for 55-60 minutes or until a knife comes out clean from side of pie, center should still be moist
  10. Allow to cool for 10 minutes before serving warm with ice cream
Notes
Adapted from the original Nestle Toll House Pie

Sweet and Salty Toll House Pie -such an awesome dessert

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.

Black and White Cookie Cake

This giant black and white cookie is a huge version of the classic New York treat!

Black and White Cookie Cake - classic NY bakery dessert but better!

Before moving to New York City eight years ago, or I guess before I lived here the summer before that, I didn’t understand the fixation on the Black and White Cookie. Matt loves them and you can find them in almost every bagel shop and deli throughout the city. A basic glaze on a cakey cookie just seemed like a weird in-between dessert to me (is it a cookie or a cake? where is the buttercream?), but when I tried my first good one I finally understood.
What you really want is a FRESH black and white cookie, one where the bottom is soft and cake-like but firm. The icing should be sweet but not too sweet (that’s tough with a glaze). I’m biased to the dark side but that works out perfectly since Matt prefers the white. This giant version fulfills those requirements and even has a bit of lemon zest in the cookie giving it a hint of flavor that isn’t just sugar.

It's a giant Black and White Cookie!!!!!

Black and White Cookie Cake
 
This giant black and white cookie is a huge version of the classic New York treat!
Author:
Recipe type: Dessert
Makes: one giant cookie, serves 8-12
Ingredients
  • Cookie Cake:
  • 166g (~1¼ cups) all-purpose flour
  • 145g (~1¼ cups) cake flour
  • 1g (1/4 teaspoon) baking powder
  • 1g (1/4 teaspoon) salt
  • 113g (1/2 cup / 1 stick) unsalted butter, softened at room temperature
  • 175g (~3/4 cup + 2 tablespoons) granulated sugar
  • 1g (~1 teaspoon) lemon zest
  • 105g (2 large) whole eggs, at room temperature
  • 177 milliliters (3/4 cup) milk at room temperature
  • 2 milliliters (1/2 teaspoon) vanilla extract
  • Icing:
  • 320g (~2 cups) powdered sugar
  • 45-60 milliliters (3 tablespoons – ¼ cup) cup boiled water
  • 43g unsweetened chocolate, roughly chopped
  • 1 teaspoon light corn syrup
Instructions
  1. Pre-heat oven to 375 degrees; line a baking sheet with parchment paper and set aside
  2. In the large bowl of an electric mixer, cream butter, sugar and lemon zest on high speed until light and fluffy
  3. In a medium bowl, whisk together flours, baking powder and salt; set aside
  4. Reduce speed to medium and add eggs, one at a time; add milk and vanilla; mix on medium speed until combined and then scrape the sides of the bowl with a spatula
  5. Add half of dry ingredients and mix on low speed just until combined; add remaining dry ingredients and mix on low just until combined; do not overmix
  6. Use your spatula spread dough into a large round cookie shape (10 inches in diameter)
  7. Bake for ~20 minutes or until edges are golden brown and a toothpick comes out clean from center
  8. Cool cake completely before making icing
  9. To make icing, place powdered sugar in a large heat-safe bowl
  10. Whisk in about ¼ cup of boiling water; continue to whisk and add water, about one tablespoon at a time, until you have a thick but spreadable mixture; be careful not too add too much water or icing will be too runny
  11. Carefully turn cookie cake upside down (you will want flat side on top)
  12. Spread icing over half of cookie
  13. Place remaining icing over a pot of simmering water and whisk in unsweetened chocolate until melted; stir in light corn syrup and remove from heat
  14. Ice the “naked” half of the cookie with chocolate frosting; if the frosting becomes to dry to spread, whisk in an additional teaspoon of hot water as needed, again careful not to make icing too runny
  15. Allow icing to set before serving
  16. Cookie cake is best enjoyed the day it is made but leftovers can be stored in an airtight container or ziplock bag up to three days
Notes
Adapted from Zabar’s via New York Times (seen on Smitten Kitchen)

It's a giant Black and White Cookie! Such a good idea for birthdays

 

Make something from the blog? Be sure to share it on Instagram with the tag #KeepItSweetDesserts.